Home

InteRRliner V8 User Manual

1. In QC settings the following options can be selected USE DEFAULT ASSAY RANGE e ON Default setting The default assay range which is predetermined for the current batch of StaRRsed Control is used These ranges cannot be changed in this option e OFF USE CUSTOM ASSAY RANGE is used Page 98 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program USE CUSTOM ASSAY RANGE e ON The lab can establish their own acceptable ranges both ranges can be set from a minimum of 2 mm to a maximum of 15 mm e OFF USE DEFAULT ASSAY RANGE iS used Note It is advised to use the default assay ranges Use caution when setting the custom ranges A too narrow range may cause unjustified rejection of QC sample results subsequent rejection of patient results and undue burden on maintenance SEND QC REQUEST TO LIMS e ON A sample request for the QC sample is send to LIMS The QC sample will only be processed if the LIMS responds with YES Use this setting if the ESR result of the QC sample will be send to LIMS as well and LIMS requires that all samples are requested first If the QC sample is linked with a Lab ID the sample will be requested at LIMS with the Lab ID If the QC sample is used with the original StaRRsed Control sample ID the sample will be requested at LIMS with the StaRRsed Control sample ID e OFF Default setting All QC samples will be processed without requesting at LI
2. Appendix for InteRRliner V8 for InteRRliner V8 12C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series No power on one of the boards I2C cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series No power on one of the boards DC cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series Corrupted memory Service engineer can reload the InteRRliner software Note for service engineer HEX file can also be corrupted Faulty Flash Memory 28F010 or 28F020 on Start pool board Corrupted memory Service engineer can reload the InteRRliner software Note for service engineer HEX file can also be corrupted Faulty Flash Memory 28F010 or 28F020 on Start pool board E4019 Start pool The InteRRliner tried to Corrupted memory InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 247 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 TOO much Error text E4020 Start pool NO transport units E4021 Start pool Eeprom read error E4022 Start pool Eeprom write error Page 248 load all the error text messages according to the selected language but there were too many error text messages in memory The Start pool did not detect any of the Transport units There was a communication error between the EEPROM and the main processor dur
3. Check Start pool cross sensor transmitter amp receiver Check Rack transport home sensor If this message comes up and the Start pool is not full check the Start pool Full sensor Check Slider unit Start pool Check Slider motor sensor Page 251 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 W5043 Start pool Feed belt timeout W5044 Start pool Eeprom chksum error W5045 Start pool Warning pool empty Page 252 A rack on the Start pool conveyer belt Pool in did not reach the Rack in sensor within a certain time limit After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default settings are loaded Check all settings see below error list The Rack Home switch Start pool was activated during a rack transportation but the Start pool cross sensor detected NO rack mechatronics Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Pool in motor Start pool Rack on conveyer belt Start pool mechanically blocked Check Rack in sensor Faulty belt motor Broken wire s to belt motor Faulty belt motor driver on Start pool board Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Start pool board Removing the rack during transportation and pressing the Rack Home switch by hand could cause this warning This is normal Check Start pool for misplaced rack s Check Rack Home switch little red switch Check Start pool cross
4. Increasing ESR errors may indicate the need for maintenance see ESR Error on page 155 e Number of samples This can be used to document variations in work load InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 53 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 5 QC Results screens mechatronics In this section results and statistics from QC samples are shown in the section Linked QC ID s on page 62 links can be created between QC sample ID s and Lab ID s The results from StaRRsed Control level N and level A are separated on their own tabs Both tabs have the same layout and options Results can be displayed in table format or in graphical format When the StaRRsed Control sample ID is used results are only listed here When Lab ID barcode is used QC results are also listed in Patient results Note This part of the software can only be used in combination with StaRRsed Control as quality control material 6 3 5 1 QC Normal results table a OC Statistics and Results QC NORMAL Statistics amp Results 11 01 2012 39 01 2012 07 45 03 02 2012 1 27 01 2012 07 35 03 02 2012 25 01 2012 07363 osz 24 01 2012 07 35 31 03 02 2012 23 01 2012 07 35 3 03 02 2012 35 5 03 02 2012 _ E 2 10 59 2 03 02 2012 16 01 2012 07 35 5 03 02 2012 13 01 2012 07 35 5 03 02 2012 35 5 03 02 2012 10 01 2012 07 30 5 03 02 2012 09 01 2012 07 30 5 03 02 2012 06 01 2012 07 19 5 03 02 2012 05 0
5. Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix PC connections for InteRRliner V8 Windows 7 At the back side of the computer the following connections must be made VGA monitor cable comes from the monitor When a printer is used connect the printer cable onto the 25 pin printer port connector Com 2 not used Power switch on keyboard assembly Power cable 12V to power adapter HDMI not used Compact serial cable comes from the Interface RS232 to IIC USB connection not used 9 USB connection for touch screen 10 USB connection not used 11 Ethernet connection D Jm pm boah Page 272 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix Maintenance schedule Maintenance Schedule InteRRliner V8 Example Sample volume 350 per day 5 working days Perform End of day wash Clean outside aspiration needle Check needle condition Check tubing diluent syringe Clean outside instrument Clean Fill nozzle Clean Liquid separator Check sensors Replace Fill nozzle O ring Replace bacterial air filter HEPA InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Page 273 mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Replace Disc filter white Only if internal QWLV040001 waste container is used Replace Waste cassette assembly ESRI090921 Replace Blotting washer waste pump ESRI090026 Replace Pinch valve tube ESRI010246 Check Pipette valves bodies
6. Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt PIPETTE DATA WILL BE LOST gt is displayed This test is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are displayed in their own line of the diagram 6 6 1 7 Flow test start Pipette flow test Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt PIPETTE DATA WILL BE LOST gt is displayed This test is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are displayed in their own line of the diagram InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 93 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 1 8 Set new rinse position Change rinse position Click on CHANGE RINSE POSITION and enter via the keyboard the accurate rinse position and press the LEARN CAROUSEL POSITION key for learning a new position table Note This option is used when there is a position error Page 94 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN E mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 2 Diluter settings cl Sample i History Reagents Maintenance Settings Service it Diluter settings D adjust 60 140 GD ie dition adist ON Den error detect 0 25 GH
7. Broken wire s to Switch out motor Faulty Switch out motor driver on Transport board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Slider motor End pool Slider mechanically blocked Check Slider sensors Faulty Slider motor Broken wire s to Slider motor Faulty Slider motor driver on End pool board Remove racks from End pool If this message comes up and the End pool is not full check the Pool Full sensor Check End pool for misplaced rack s Check Rack Home sensor little red switch Check End pool cross sensor transmitter amp Page 257 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 W5083 End pool HST fault E2084 End pool Transport motor err E3085 End pool Ejector motor error Page 258 Warning an error occurred during rack handling between End pool and external device HST Possible rack jam The Rack Transport motor End pool did not reach the front or back position within a certain time limit The Ejector motor End pool did not reach the left or right position within a certain time limit mechatronics receiver Check Rack transport end sensor Remove rack and reset external device HST Warning is automatically cleared when external device is ready Reset InteRRliner if warning is not automatically cleared Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Rack Transport motor End pool Rack Transport mechanically blocked Check tr
8. Check rotation motor Check out sensors of sample arm unit Check platform slider motor Check front sensor of platform slider unit Check outer needle up sensor Check outer needle motor Switching off the InteRRliner could cause this error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are DC errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s If there are 12C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner 12C cable s InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E212 Bad communication between Compact and Input pool E213 Bad communication between Compact and Input pool E214 No response from Input pool InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN The Compact did not receive a good answer first part after sending an inquiry to the Input pool The Compact did not receive a good answer second part after sending an inquiry to the Input pool The Input pool did not response to the Compact after sending a result to the Input pool Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are 12C errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s If there are 12C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner 12C cable s Check RS232 ca
9. Cut the Teflon tip of the plunger with a sharp knife Be careful not to damage the metal plunger Replace the O ring and then the tip Replace the old tip for the new tip assembly From repair set QWLV030902 Moisten the tip with water to ease the tip back into the glass syringe barrel Install the syringe back on to the attachment Clean dilution system 1 2 Perform PRIME DILUENT Repeat above step until there are no air bubbles in the whole diluent system anymore Check dilution settings oe o O a Go to tab SETTINGS gt GENERAL SETTINGS and select DISPLAY DILUTION OFF Run 10 samples through the instrument and make a note of the dilution rate Calculate the mean of the 10 samples Make dilution adjustment if necessary in SETTINGS gt DILUTER SETTINGS Go to tab SETTINGS gt GENERAL SETTINGS and select DISPLAY DILUTION ON Page 346 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 195 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Cleaning diluent system Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument InteRRliner V8 Revision 003 August 2014 Step 1 1 Remove the suction tube from the diluent bottle and empty the diluent bottle Fill the diluent bottle with 50 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite and 950 ml de ionized water 5 2 solution 3 Place the suction tube in chlorine solution 4 Use the PRIME
10. If there are 12C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner IOC InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics W5037 Start pool ESRI ack timeout E2038 Start pool Startpool rack blocked W7040 Start pool Startpool full W5042 Start pool Rack slider pos err InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN There was a communication error between the InteRRliner and the Compact The InteRRliner did not receive an answer from the Compact after sending a patient confirmation to the Compact The communication was interrupted A rack was detected and transported in the Start pool The Rack Transport unit Start pool reached the front position but the Rack Home sensor did not detect the rack A new rack is ready to be slide in the Start pool but the Start pool is already full This is a text message no alarm and will clear itself A rack on the Start pool conveyer belt Pool in did not reach the Rack in sensor within a certain time limit Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Switching off the Compact could cause this error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are DC errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s H there are I2C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner 12C cable s Check Start pool for misplaced rack s Check Rack Home sensor little red switch
11. Ind Home Int In position In2 Page 136 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 28 Menu M18 M9 3 Transport motor Conveyer belt Menu M1 M9 on page 125 3 Transport motor Conveyer belt 1 Time out 2 Speed 3 Delay timer Not applicable in software lower than V4 xx 4 Test motor Timeout time 1 2 Time 255 0 1 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 255 up to 2010 120 from 2011 and on see bulletin 2110601 F2 J up F3 down ESC ENT Note Delay time is not applicable in software lower than V4 xx Delay time 2 Time 5 0 01 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor ON OFF In 2 l Motor current Int 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC In0 Rack detect Int In2 TnteRRliner V8 User manugl Rage 137 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up mechatronics 7 29 Notes for menu s M10 through M18 Notes for menu s M10 through M18 Improper use of the following functions can introduce unpredictable errors service personnel should only use them Settings will only be preserved through a power on cycle if they are saved see Menu M2 on page 123 Controls the amount of time the Set time Change the setting Timeout time motor will run in case a sensor malfunctions or a rack is not detected After this time a
12. The Barcode vertical motor didn t reach its up or down position within a certain time limit The indexer didn t reach its position within a certain time limit The indexer could not move to a new position because the barcode rotator was not in its up position mechatronics No power on the Drive board DC cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Elevator board I2C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series Check up and down sensors Faulty Barcode vertical motor Barcode rotator unit mechanically blocked Broken wire to barcode vertical motor Faulty Barcode vertical motor driver on Indexer board Fuse was triggered Faulty indexer motor Indexer mechanically blocked Broken wire s to indexer Check Barcode rotator up down motor Check sensors of Barcode rotator up down unit InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 The indexer could not move to a new position because the elevator platform was not in its E185 Indexer error elevator platform not in back position Check platform slider motor Check home sensor of E193 Elevator motor timeout E194 Tube unit front back motor timeout E195 Sample unit in out motor timeout E196 Mixer moto
13. e ESR Time e Column height e Dilution e Bubbles on top e Hazy aspect e Temperature InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 155 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Reporting 11 2 4 Limit error settings When an option at Limit error settings is set to YES and this limit error occurs results will be printed send to the LIMS When an option is set to NO and this limit error occurs the fields for 30 min ESR 60 min ESR and the temperature corrected ESR are filled with spaces and thus results are not printed send to the LIMS The error message in the error field column 10 indicates that at least one of the limits ESR time dilution rate column height bubbles on top hazy aspects and temperature has been exceeded Together with the sedimentation time and dilution rate which are still printed at the usual position the operator analyst can see what caused the error and may or may not use the ESR values which are preserved in the error message Description of the error message L_err hhh www ittt ccc e L_err means it is a limit error e hhh is the 30 minutes ESR e www is the 60 minute ESR e ttt is the temperature corrected 60 minute result e ccc is the column height Example of a limit error message e L emt 42 84 75 200 means 42 mm in the 30 minute method and temperature correction 75 with a correct column height e L_err 84 75 200 means 84 mm in the 60 minute method and temperatur
14. mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 95 Aspiration time 5 hhmm Text format E g 0001 0 01 24 hour clock 100 E S R 30 minutes mm h 5 XXXXX 105 E S R in mm 60 minute mm h 5 XXXXX 110 E S R 60 minutes temperature corrected mm h 5 XXXXX 115 E S R 120 minutes mm h 5 XXXXX If applicable 120 Reserved spaces 10 text 130 Sample code 5 XXXXX See section Sample codes 135 Aspect code 5 XXXXX See section Aspect codes 140 Manually added code 5 XXXXX 145 Pipette number 5 XXXXX 150 Sedimentation time minutes 5 XXXXX 155 Temperature 5 XXXXX 160 Dilution rate 5 XXXXX 165 Column height mm 5 XXXXX 170 Error code 5 XXXXX See section ESR error codes 175 Limit error message results 30 text See section Limit error message on page 156 205 Reserved spaces 50 text 255 Checksum 1 CS See section Checksum calculation 256 End of text 1 ETX Total 256 Text left aligned followed by spaces InteRRliner V User manual EEO Page 291 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 XX number digits 0 9 with leading spaces Non specified positions are filled with spaces Sample codes Aspect codes Sample type Transmitted code Aspect Transmitted code Patient sample 0 Clear 0 QC normal 1 Hazy lt 10 1 QC abnormal 2 Hazy lt 25 2 Hazy gt 25 3 Page 292 mechatronics InteRRliner V8 User
15. EDTA jii 30613002 Bifoifaoizoe s20s a 3 eo EDTA EE 31 oij2oi2 08 32 52 4 24 l o EDTA 31006802 3101 2012 10 27 48 IG 12 60 EDTA 31007002 Iamtezgzen US el EDTA 31007502 311012094753 114 24 60 eora 31010502 31 01 201209 52 44_ e au el EDTA jil 31012102 Siyoipzoizos se4s Um 3 eo EDTA 31013502 s102 10 2612 US 124 60 EDTA 31014002 317017201209 3 28 92 124 en TEDTA 31017502 3101 2012 13 18 26 75 e el EDTA Ji ti Display full patient resu E Lei In History the following options can be selected e DISPLAY PIPETTE DATA on page 47 Use button PRINT to send the selected data to the printer e DISPLAY SAMPLE HISTORY On page 48 e DISPLAY FULL PATIENT RESULT On page 49 In Display sample history are the following options available PRINT Send the selected result to the printer PRINT RESULT HEADER Only if option Settings General settings PRINT AFTER MEASUREMENT is switched ON it is possible to print a result header SEND ALL TO HOST Send all results again to the HOST SEND PATIENT RESULT TO HOST Send only the selected patient result to the HOST e DISPLAY RACK HISTORY On page 51 e DISPLAY RACK DETAILS on page 52 e ANALYSE RESULTS On page 63 e ESR STATISTICS on page 53 e QC RESULTS on page 54 with StaRRsed Control e LINKED QC ID s on page 62 Page 46 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR m
16. ESR Sample request string definition from InteRRliner V8 to host computer stx sp e s r s r sr 1 2 s 4 5 617 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 sP R sPjes em Definition of the string STX and ETX are at fixed position first 1 and last 31th position respectively SP Space character 20 E Capital letter E S Capital letter S R Capital letter R 1 18 Position of the sample identification left adjusted and filled up with spaces at the end of the string CS Checksum one char 00 FF EXOR sum off all the data OR 128 R At position 28 means that this is the Request string STX Char 02 ETX Char 03 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 305 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Sample conformation string definition replied by the host computer to perform an ESR test sm sp fels Ris R isp i 2 3 4 s 6 7 a 9 rojit ra ia i4 15 e i7 ta sp y spies o Y Capital Y at position 28 of the string Sample refuse string definition replied by the host computer to skip the ESR test sm se e sjrjs r sej1j2 3 4 s 6 7 9 rojit ra ia i4 15 re i7 ta sp jsP es o N Capital N at position 28 of the string If either the host computer as well the InteRRliner V8 receives a string it should reply by sending an Acknowledge char 06 if the string is found Okay If either the host computer as well the InteRRliner V8 receives a string it sho
17. Not to scale StaRRsed Date 20 05 14 Time 15 28 Ae ee ee eee 905001 84 75 CLEAR 17 60 23 EDTA 905002 14 13 Hazy lt 10mm 18 60 23 EDTA 905003 22 21 Hazy lt 25mm 19 60 23 EDTA 905004 67 61 Hazy gt 25mm 20 60 23 EDTA 905005 CLEAR 3 21 60 23 EDTA 905006 5 5 CLEAR 22 60 23 EDTA 079 905007 24 60 23 Too many borders found 905008 25 60 23 L_err 84 75 200 EDTA 905002 905003 905004 Sample results with hazy aspect 905005 Sample result with a manual aspect where the manual aspect is shown as a number 3 in column 6 of this data record sample 905006 In this sample the dilution rate has a dilution failure of 21 and that is printed as EDTA 079 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 153 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Reporting R mechatronics 905007 Sample results with a text error This sample gives Too many borders found Result of a pipette possibly filled with air bubbles 905008 Sample result with a text error This sample is given limit error L_err 84 75 200 11 2 2 Report 30 Minute mode Columns POND Sch Sen 9 Patient number Not corrected 30 minute ESR result only in use if 30 minute mode is active Not corrected 60 minute ESR result 60 minute ESR result in millimeters corrected for 18 only in use if temperature correction is active Aspect clear hazy Manually entered code number Sedimentation pipette number number on the pipette belt Actual sedimentation time in minu
18. Page 126 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 18 Menu M10 M7 1 Pool in motor Start Pool Menu M10 M7 on page 124 1 Pool in motor Start Pool 1 Time 2 Speed 3 Delay time 4 Test motor Timeout time 2 Time 5 second 3 4 F2 J up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 255 3 4 F2 J up F3 down ESC ENT Delay time 2 Time 80 0 01 second 3 4 F2 J up F3 down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor 0N OFF In 2 l Motor current Int l 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC In0 New rack In1 Rack in pool TnteRRliner V8 User manugl Pagea Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up mechatronics 7 19 Menu M11 M 7 2 Slider motor Start Pool Menu M 11 M7 on page 124 2 Slider motor Start Pool 2 3 4 Timeout time 2 3 4 Speed 2 3 4 Test motor 2 3 4 In0 Motor pos Int Pool empty In2 Pool full Page 128 Time out Speed Test motor Time 5 second F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 220 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Motor 0ON OFF Ino Motor current Int l Err In2 F2 J on orF ESC InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 20 Menu M12 M7 4 Rack transport Start Pool Menu M12 M7 on page 124 4 Rack transport
19. 10 2 Monitoring measurement quality with StaRRsed Control StaRRsed Control is an in vitro diagnostic quality control material to monitor the accuracy and precision of Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate ESR instruments and procedures This instruction is only applicable for StaRRsed Control used on Mechatronics ESR StaRRsed instruments StaRRsed Control is available in Abnormal range Level A Normal range Level N The software can produce statistical data for further analysis for e Defining control limits accept or reject patient results e Error detecting systematic or random errors e Evaluation of QC results 10 2 1 Limitations StaRRsed Control is to be used for Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate testing only and shall not be used to control any other hematology procedure StaRRsed Control shall not be used as a standard StaRRsed Control should not be used past the expiration date Mechatronics as supplier of the StaRRsed Control shall not be liable for any claimed damages arising from other than intended usage 10 2 2 Expected value range StaRRsed Control is assayed for the StaRRsed ESR analyzers The assayed mean values and expected ranges are derived from multiple analyses at different sites and on multiple instruments The values provided on the package insert and encoded in the tubes barcode are specific for this lot of product The lab should establish its own acceptable ranges Whenever the Controls fail to perfo
20. 4 Bad vacuum Adjustment needed on the vacuum e Fatal error technical assistance is needed 5 Blockage in the 3 way vacuum manifold e Fatal error technical assistance is needed Page 180 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 5 Flushing liquids After each sample aspiration the entire system is washed automatically If there is no liquid flow e Check that the peristaltic pumps are running If the pump tubes are worn or leaking replace the tubes e Check that the pump tubes are installed correctly e Check the tubes between the containers and pumps valves e Unscrew the cap from the container Check the pick up tubes in the container and that there is enough liquid in the container e Check the tubes for blockages or kinks 15 5 1 De ionized water Select from MAINTENANCE gt PRIME CLEAN gt PRIME DE IONIZED WATER the vacuum pump should operate and liquid flows through the thin tube connected to the side of the fill nozzle cap After each sample aspiration the fill nozzle aspiration tube is washed automatically with de ionized water If there is no liquid flow and no reagent alarm 1 Unscrew the cap of the deionized water container to check 2 One of the de ionized water lines may be blocked or kinked 3 For older models Check pick up tube in de ionized water container it may have become disconnected from the nozzle in the lid 15 5 2
21. Cow lm 18 20 E S R in mm 60 min corrected T WWW for temp Manually added code 26 Sedimentation time Temperature in degree Default GE C XX CS 1 byte checksum 256 modulo 256 ASCII string sum OR 128 ASCII string sum the ASCII sum of all preceding characters incl stx cr If and ext modulo 256 ASCII string sum the remainder of the ASCII string sum when divided by 256 OR 128 setting the MSB bit to 1 a Prete number JL CC Page 308 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 OPUS string format stx PPPPPPPPPP hhh www WWW AAAAAAAAAmm ppp TTT CC EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE MMMMMMMMMM cr 1f eot stx 80 data characters cr H eot Checksum OFF 30 min stx 80 data characters cr etx cs eot Checksum ON 30 min f Data consists if 30 min output is switched to ON Patient identification text PPPPPPPPPP E S R in mm calculated to 60 18 XXX WWW minutes D E S R in mm 60 min corrected for 32 Aspect AAAAAAAAA Manually added code 22 32 4 39 43 46 temp Sedimentation time DI oe in degree Default 69 Error messages EES EE EEEEEER 80 EDTA message MMMMMMMMMM InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 309 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Wee foe asc soz o et et ate Pes tome Text left a
22. Data field of Bytes Format Comment 1 Start of text 1 STX 2 Text distinction code 8 ESRSR Left aligned followed by spaces 10 Instrument ID 20 text If applicable 30 Sample ID 40 text 70 Reserved spaces 55 text 125 Request workorder 1 text R Request Y ESR yes N ESR no 126 Space 1 text 127 Checksum 1 CS See section Checksum calculation 128 End of text 1 ETX Total 128 Text left aligned followed by spaces Lt O number digits 0 9 with leading spaces Non specified positions are filled with spaces InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 289 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Request record from analyzer to LIMS Request capital R on position 125 STX Data R space CS ETX Workorder record from LIMS to analyzer ESR Yes capital Y on position 125 STX Data y space CS ETX ESR No capital N on position 125 STX Data N space CS ETX MECHATRONICS result record Data 253 characters mechatronics Position Data field of Bytes Format Comment 1 Start of text 1 STX 2 Text distinction code 8 ESRRE Left aligned followed by spaces 10 Instrument ID 20 text If applicable 30 Sample ID 40 text 70 Reserved spaces 15 text 85 Aspiration date 10 ddmmyyyy Text format E g 01012010 January 1 2010 Page 290 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN
23. Too many borders found 111314702 Ufer 14 36 35 if 1i Dec 08 14 41 46 10 Dec 06 13 32 47 6 Too many borders Found il Dec 08 09 09 25 i 11 Dec 08 09 17 04 Tit Dec 08 14 50 34 16 Too many borders found i1aisso2 it Dec o8 14 48 10 37654402 Tit Dec 06 15 02 34 3 f 11001502 110606 09 05 33 24 113102 It ECHT H InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 63 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program DILUTION ERROR The dilution error detection is a user setting and can be changed in SETTINGS dilution error detection to 0 25 In this example the dilution error detection is set to 10 and limit errors set to YES By selecting Dilution gt 110 all the samples with a dilution rate gt 110 are displayed in the table By selecting Dilution lt 90 all the samples with a dilution rate lt 90 are displayed in the table In the header of the table the names of the columns are shown Double click the header of any column to sort the table by this column in ascending order 6 3 7 History analyse results high dilution Analyse results Error O E1 No celisfplasma found 15 CO Wi Column height fo C E2iESR Probably gt 140mm 14 C W2i Measure error es C E3 Too many borders Found 143 C W3 Bubbles on top ESR 104 os l 38588502 11 Dec 06 15 19 22 2 ETag 41721102 1t Dec 08 13 12 19 a l EDTANO 10 Dec 08 12 47 08
24. Wash St lin cresnpnnoneniennireki niran r him braid nent 42 6 2 4 e We E 42 6 2 5 len 43 6 2 6 Ee 43 6 2 7 Sample mode button kee 43 6 2 8 Version information EN 43 6 2 9 luese eren EE 43 6 2 10 AUIS eo inact oeae ease ee eee 44 6 2 11 Sample screen with keyboard wiscsscsesccssecesciaseiasscnnccetecwseessaseccceneeeneestxeatecentee 44 6 2 12 Pipette information E 45 G2 History SGre E 46 6 3 1 EE 47 6 3 2 Display Sample NISTONY vciscesisasticceresamecasaseicie receiwnaresdseeenera e 48 6 3 2 1 Display patient results sss sciciccesetaccsusedencreepsateraneiesenameteneeseelamerumieeetehaae 49 6 3 3 Display rack history EE 51 6 3 3 1 Display rack SEI eetdegr h Eeer eege ege Eeer 52 6 3 4 ESR Statistics SG EE 53 6 3 5 QC Results screens eee ne en ere eee ee ee nenne 54 6 3 5 1 QC Normal results table sciiccstecscesssctstcottecumetaneiasommmriavedenlasseuneremiuneniaete 54 6 3 5 2 QC normal results screen extended ssssensseesssseeerrrrtrsserrrnrrnrnrrserrrnne 56 6 3 5 3 QC normal results LE vcasccetctcntesvrncncas ccasdcateestecarnerdeadassecamenciacenedixe 56 6 3 5 4 QC abnormal results table 57 6 3 5 5 QC abnormal results screen extended un 59 6 3 5 6 QC abnormal results Qrapn scsiccseiseisicisiouiiannwveniunne 60 6 3 5 7 Display sample history QC cis ccssccrecesdeenerertsenreresseerereeeserereeerneenervenns 61 6 3 5 8 Linked QC ID S siiis dnr aaea iiaia aeie aae iaa 62 6 3 5 9 QC Result EE 63 6 3 6 His
25. and pull at the same time 3 Clean peristaltic pump motor shaft using a tissue soaked in alcohol 4 Remove the old blotting washer ESRI090026 around the motor shaft 5 Place the new blotting washer ESRI090026 6 Insert new waste pump cassette ESRI090921 until it clicks into place 7 Remove the protection caps on from the tubes 8 Connect the two tubes to new waste pump cassette Page 338 RW mechatronics InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Rs mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 168 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Pipette handling valve Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision Version 1 October 2008 Remove of the top cover T 2 3 Switch InteRRliner V8 OFF Remove the two rear screws of the top cover Lift the top cover carefully from the instrument Pipette valve check or replacement 1 2 3 4 Hold the top pipette clamp and remove the valve body QTST040002 Clean or replace the valve body Check the silicon tube position inside the pipette clamp it must be in the centre of the hole and equidistant from the sides Re install pipette valve body Pipette installation 5 6 Visually check the bottom of the pipette V shape Hook pipette assembly on to the pipette belts H IARU LH Make sure that pipettes are correctly fitted on to the pipette belts XX Visually chec
26. e4 dn Z4 SLO OZ SLL juy 283 uMOp E4 dn z4 SL 0 OZ OWL 100W S Lp Sum Noawl L i JEEN 100W S Lp Sun Ae peeds Zz Sun oau ZEN PEIN 40 0W yJeq WOYS s EW 400w eg Bue z ZEW so Ow seysues l l l l l l enger 10012 p ghW s0 OlWW WOdsuel LL LRUIOIOu yno YOMS Z 1 orwozow u yams uoneInS uoo l umea uo on l l l l l l l l JOJOW 9 p JO Sun Ate peeds z awun WOau L L JOJOW 1eal kb giW sojow podsuesj g LLO INO YOIMS Z Io wuOIOu UI UD IMS awun NOSWI LU LUlotw FUOdSupILUt Hodsuel z Hodsuel Z wodsues ara ZZN a Samu JO Z Page 119 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RI mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 1 Navigation through the menus During normal operation press F1 key once to access the main menu MO To access submenus and functions press the item number shown at the front of the line Press ESC to return to previous menus and to abort functions Press F3 and the ENTER key to reset the alarm of the InteRRliner itself Function key F2 is reserved for future purposes How to use the header of the menu for instance MENU M3 MO 3 TEST TOOL Take the Menu structure diagram and follow the route backwards MENU M83 is only accessible via MENU M0 line 3 with text T
27. mechanically blocked Check Switch out sensors Faulty Switch out motor Broken wire s to Switch out motor Faulty Switch out motor driver on Transport board Time out means that the software does not detect any response back after the motion is started Common solution to solve this problem check if there is an object in the way or stuck Remove the object and press the F3 key on the InteRRliner key path Rack is lost means the rack is absent on one of the transport belts and the sensors does not detect any response See for the complete list on the numbers the Appendix Error list InteRRliner rack transport on page 246 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 209 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 3 End Pool Note If an error occurs on the rack transport system mechatronics e Remove all racks from the passageways not from the storage areas e Reset the alarm by pressing F3 e Incase the error remains switch OFF the power supply inside the cabinet wait a few seconds then switch ON again e If the error remains or occurs frequently contact your distributor or service agency An Error number produced by the End Pool is showed on the display of the Start Pool E1080 End pool Endpool slider timeout E4081 End pool Endpool full Only for XO E2082 End pool End pool rack blocked Page 210 The Slider motor End pool did not reach the home o
28. 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 3 1 Display rack status EU Wu Wu Wu LI UD Wu Wu Wu UU More detailed information of the samples in the selected rack is shown in the status table The last 10 racks are stored and can be selected The Clear rack history button will clear the contents of the rack history file and restart to build up a new rack history file Page 52 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 4 ESR Statistics screens ESR Statistics O Daily mean mm Q Hazy C 3 Dilution 2 QO Bubbles on top e ESR errors e Number of samples Dilution error 10 diluter setting Period From PY 12 Oct 11 Pa L di month s back Recalculate Export to Excel CS Orr H H H 1 H 1 H 1 H 02 Sep 11 04 Sep 11 06 Sep 11 08 Sep 11 10 Sep 11 12 Sep 11 15 Sep 11 Date Close A statistical graph is produced over a selected period Make a selection of the following graphs e Daily mean mm Use this to check variations in the daily mean ESR e Hazy Increasing hazy aspects are an indication for contamination of the instrument see Aspect Hazy on page 157 e Dilution Increasing dilution errors indicate the need for maintenance of the diluter system e Bubbles on top Increasing samples with bubbles indicate the need for maintenance of the aspiration system see Foam in column on page 183 e ESR errors
29. 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 KEYBOARD INTERRLINER SOFTWARE V 4 XX AND UP Boao LLL Je INTERRUNER GT EE t Function key 1 Function key 2 Function key 3 Escape key K Back space Enter key The menu overview includes all available options of the software The menu descriptions which are included are applicable for this model Page 116 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN PR mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up EW SIN ZN aBed zx u aas wueje esol 4 00 S UOISIBA aIeEMYOS Oe UW 89 049 Z4 t H0 U0 ei WO L yaq uakanuop g L t jood pug z 2N jood pes Oe u3 291049 Z4 E smes Aere ysanbai Duae 2 PID ise puss E 0E Dou0 81011 ZZN YO UO ON OZIN eye4 pneg sBunjas aApe kt QW un aseye GIN SOON 983 u3 SOU e PIN I iauacL 984 SwITPL Ki yO SZIN SWIPE yO PZ DOG t uo EZIN 0006 3S 1 sajdwes e101 Oe Jug SOUZ adh J s jeuy zZ pi Jas jeuy g 2911 OOSE Y e l g QZ KON 6LN I090 01d wwog qeTE pip ea Cl eBen6uel Gees SPUBLapeN L i cai aen A Fa Y EW SIO0 L IS L E zw sBunjes Zz LW ou Jas jeuy g 282 u3 89 0YD Z4 De uy 301049 Z4 984 0006 3S yo wwog ge EZIN uogouny DS JO uomeee p E Z L UE EES wwod ge 7 p j s WUYUOD I
30. 1400 300 mA Elevator fill position 62000 Down position 390 100 mA Indexer Default Pulse Ee Default Motor Indexer aunt Client pulse count Direction Current Indexer mix position 500 970 400 mA Indexer rack position 30700 Rack home pos 1400 400 mA 30700 Home rack pos 1800 400 mA Indexer barcode 27900 Turn left 900 500 mA position 27900 Turn right 900 500 mA Mixer Mixer Direction Motor Current Menu items Default Mixer arm motor N A 970 400 mA Protocol setting SE 9000 Lift platform motor To the front 960 400 mA SE 9600 LAB comms To the back 970 400 mA ON OFF OFF InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 267 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Tube position Motor N A 970 400 mA Barcode vertical motor Up 1400 400 mA Down 1800 400 mA Page 268 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Serial cable to LAB comms For the serial connection from the laptop to the InteRRliner use a one to one standard 9 pin D connector serial cable This serial cable can be bought in any computer shop The pin lay out for a one to one connection is as follows Connector e DB9 DB9 View KR into female connector DCE DB9 View a into male connector DTE At the female connector the pin layout is Data Carrier Detect Raised by DCE when modem synchronized Transmit Data a k a TxD Tx Sending data to DTE ut
31. 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 8 History aspect Analyse results ASPECT By selecting one of the three Hazy aspect codes all the samples with this aspect code are displayed in the table also in case of an error In the header of the table the names of the columns are shown Double click the header of any column to sort the table by this column in ascending order 6 3 9 History analyse error Analyse results J Seck j mme Sea Temp Aspect Often Error L 8 j r r il HE No e Ech Iesel EE El o ERROR By selecting one of the error codes all the samples with this error code are displayed in the table In the header of the table the names of the columns are shown Double click the header of any column to sort the table by this column in ascending order InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 65 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 10 History analyse warning Analyse results WARNING By selecting one of the warning codes all the samples with this warning code are displayed in the table In the header of the table the names of the columns are shown Double click the header of any column to sort the table by this column in ascending order Page 66 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KR mechatronics InteRRliner V8
32. 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 4 2 New reagent input 4 New Reagent Information ga Select action STARRSED RINSE SOLUTION z S 2500 mi O Enter new reagent information Spoelviceistof E C Delete current reagent information Solution de ringage Soluzione di lavaggio Soluci n de lavado Solu o rinse ais eege RE Tae Rinse solution To continue click Next Input screen for new reagents Make a selection to add new default setting or delete the current information and continue with Next Note Only the Rinse solution input screen is shown in this manual The input screens are the same for all reagents 6 4 2 1 New reagent input cont 74 New Reagent Information New reagent information IR stapes SED Lot number Lot number RINSE SOLUTION SSP a 2500 ml p gt Expire date Spoelviceistof Spiillosung Solution de rin age Expire date Placed Soluzione di lavaggio Soluci n de lavado Month Sol Fa lu o rinse J 1 R Placed ENY ees Get ez Rinse solution solution To save new information click OK Data can be entered with the keyboard or with a barcode reader 1 First enter read the Article number 2 Enter read Lot number 3 Enter read the Expiry date if barcode reader is used cursor has to be in one of the two boxes 4 If necessary adjust the date when the reagent was placed 5 Check if the preview box shows the correct informa
33. 389 20 Tu gt GE 391 Page 12 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Introduction 1 INTRODUCTION The StaRRsed Blood Sedimentation Rate Instrument hereafter called InteRRliner V8 is an in vitro diagnostic medical device that automatically carries out the erythrocyte sedimentation rate analysis according to the Westergren method conforming to CLSI approved standard H02 A5 using closed sample tubes filled with citrate or EDTA blood The InteRRliner V8 is an advanced ESR system that offers many unique features and benefits over the traditional ESR procedures Automating this method has the following advantages e The Westergren pipettes are always filled to the correct level e Using closed sample tubes reduces the possibility of contamination for the user and environment e Standard glass Westergren pipettes are used in which the measurement can be corrected to a constant temperature 18 C Celsius Even small ab normalities can be detected over a longer period of time irrespective of where and when the blood sample was taken e Every sedimentation measurement is directly linked to an identified sample so that a manual work sheet is unnecessary Patient ID errors are reduced to a minimum by using the bar code reader e Inthe EDTA mode the accuracy of dilution of EDTA blood with citrate is considerably better than manual dilution achieved either by tipping off or using evacuated blood collec
34. 7 2 Slider motor Start Pool EE SCH 124 128 O Menu M12 M7 4 Rack transport ae One air bubble about 5 mm under meniscus i 184 Menu M13 M7 4 Ejector motor Start Pool One air bubble rising in pipette 185 Teln OPERATION 143 Menu M14 M8 1 Pool in motor Exit Pool Outer needle depth 109 124 125 131 e 2 Menu M15 M8 2 Slider motor Exit Pool S m 124 125 132 P Menu M16 M9 1 Switch in motor Conveyer PC Operation and User Interface 14 belt l ees Peristaltic pumps 173 Menu M17 M9 2 Switch out motor Pipette belt position 30 34 Conveyer belt 125 136 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 393 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Index Pipette information 45 Pipette looks like zebra crossing 184 Pipette 43 Pipettes not dry after washing and drying175 Position error 187 Power failure 171 Power up sequence 31 143 Prime Clean34 72 73 144 170 357 360 368 376 385 Prime all units 74 Prime de ionized water 74 Prime Diluent 74 Prime Disinfectant 74 Prime Rinse solution 73 Prime Saline 73 Priming the fluid system 30 34 144 Printer port 108 Protocols 107 152 Q QC abnormal results graph 60 QC abnormal results table 57 QC abnormal results screen extended 59 QC Error messages 150 QC normal results graph 56 QC Normal results table 54 QC normal results screen extended 56 QC Result analysis 63 151 QC Results 148 149 QC Results screens 46 54 150 QC Settings 62 63 86 98 149 151 QUALITY CONTROL 147 Quality contr
35. Bubbles on top Hazy aspect Temperature Page 324 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix Protocol Sysmex SE 9000 unidirectional SE9000 Sample data record format 234 bytes This is a modified data record from SE9000 without instrument ID Sample data record format 234 bytes Parameter tel Text distinction code 1 ee Text distinction code II q e Sample distinction code U Lo Barcode from barcode label ID information 4 Sample ID number Patient number D lt ine N N N 1 NEG POS ERR information POSITIVE diff InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Sequence no Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Page 325 mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 i 1 1 1 1 1 DES na na na na na 00000 Hazy code 12 n a Not applicable 3 WW a We GE We as 2 BS _123000 Page 326 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 SE9000 Sample data flag record format 131 bytes Parameter Text distinction code 1 Text distinction code II 1 Tube position no 2o o Sample distinction code 1 Sarpe Orumber I es 7 Compact HAZY code messages a 2 SI EE woa C penne O The code appears in the sample data record at variable RBC This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes
36. Contents CONTENTS 1s INTRODUCTION WE 13 1 1 PC Operation and User Interface AAA 14 1 2 Dilution principle gepgsntegereng keete zegeeegeEEere degt rede tendieernannienueter satan errr aie 15 1 3 Sedimentation measurement Principle ENEE 15 1 4 Explanation of available documentation sseeessseesenrnreeeseeeenrrrnrreserrenerrnnensseeseet 16 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION sissiccicsiisixssce ou ccenccssateccentccecesenctexcenacceteccncesaeaceassecenseees 17 2 1 Ke e Ee 19 22s Accessories E 22 2 3 Sample UWNIANG Bue e EE 22 2 3 1 Conveyor Ee 22 2 3 2 Erie ee TEE 22 2 4 Indexer and Sample Robot AAA 23 2 4 1 EE 23 2 4 2 Sample DEEG enges Seet 24 3 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS icjscc enccicciisecasseiieeciceiint lett 25 3 1 Safety WINING EE 25 3 2 StaRRsed Incident Report siccsceicccntitcntenmntenienien SANGEN 26 DN a ut e e a E 27 4 1 Reagents preparation sissien en en EEE a EKKE EEEE VERa ER 27 4 1 1 AMEN SS OM U OMA ica lap ceo ee EEE 28 4 1 2 Eeer 28 4 1 3 OK escea a eebe 28 4 1 4 DEER 29 4 1 5 Disinfectant renei E E A EE E EERE 29 4 1 6 Cleaning SONMOM nn nnseen nne 29 4 2 Waste container eee en nee ne ee ee 29 4 2 1 Waste line connection to central waste system eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeees 29 4 2 2 Replacing the waste container ENEE 29 4 3 Startup TST UNG E 30 4 3 1 Main power Connechons ENNEN 31 4 3 2 Power Up EE WEE 31 4 3 3 WPA FEU UM EE 32 4 3 4 Tu be rack TERING RE 32 4 3 5 General Setti
37. EE 187 15 13 EE 189 15 14 ere E 190 15 15 Reagents alarm sascais a5 saiesceezessucasesesenceassaceseaieseatealsacaigenesacedere praseteewcee bandas ot 190 15 16 Fill NOZZE niir pelea pie eve dea EE EAE noni 190 15 16 1 Fill nozzle does not engage with pipette ANNE 190 15 16 2 Fill nozzle not at fill position 2 02 eee eee eeetneee teeter eteeeteaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeee 190 15 16 3 Fill nozzle not at NOME position 191 15 17 STEE 191 15 18 NACE NGM egen 192 15 19 Communication error 2 EE 193 15 20 Quality control trouble shooting 194 16 TROUBLE SHOOTING INTERRLINER TRANSPORT ccccccssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 197 UE e a EE 198 16 2 Conveyer belt Middle section kee 206 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 11 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Contents 16252 JENI OOM RE 210 Dee TEEN 212 16 4 1 The numbers from 00 nlOp 212 16 4 2 The numbers from 20321 213 16 4 3 The numbers from 2pnlAT 215 16 4 4 The numbers from 51 ubb 217 16 4 5 The numbers from 80 till a4 cece eee eeeceeeceeceeceeeceeeceeeceeecseeseeeseeenees 218 16 5 El uater stees 219 16 5 1 The numbers from 68 till et 220 17 APPENDIX FOR INTERRLINER V8 0 0ccceecceesceesceeseeeseeeseeeseneseueeusenssenesenueeneeens 222 18 WORK INSTRUCTION INTERRLINER V8 0 ccccceecceecceeseeeseeeseneseneseeseneseneeeneeens 334 19 GLOSSARY OF TERMS A ccccccecceeceeeseeeseeeseeesenesenusenesenuseneseuesenesenueeneeenesenseeneeens
38. End of day wash options 85 History analyse 46 63 End of day wash procedure 75 146 History analyse error 65 End of day wash schedule settings 85 History analyse results high dilution 64 End pool 143 History analyse warning 66 End Pool 210 History aspect 65 End pool section 22 History sample analyse option 67 Error messages 160 History sample analyse option day 67 ESR 389 History screen 40 42 46 149 ESR Error 53 155 195 Host 389 ESR Error and Warning code messages150 l 155 ESR Statistics screens 46 53 145 Indexer 23 192 212 Expected value range 147 Indexer and Sample Robot 23 Explanation of available documentation 16 Indexer screen 100 101 103 104 105 F INSTALLATION 27 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 17 Facts and definitions 36 InteRRliner 32 Fill and clean procedure 75 166 InteRRliner V8 program 34 Fill and clean screen 75 INTERRLINER V8 PROGRAM 40 Fill nozzle 190 INTRODUCTION 13 Fill nozzle does not engage with pipette190 IVD 389 Page 392 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Index K Menu M18 M9 3 Transport motor Conveyer KEYBOARD INTERRLINER SOFTWARE V belt 125 137 4 XX AND UP 1416 Menu M19 M4 3 LAB COMM protocol1 23 Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx 121 L Labels and stickers on containers 39 Last step 34 Leaking pipettes 186 Level 1 maintenance 161 169 Level 2 maintenance 161 168 Level 3 maintenance 161 168 Level 4 maintenance 161 164 174 Limit error settings86 95 9
39. HEPA filter For Maintenance Level 4 Exchange bacterial HEPA filter QWLV040002 3 Re connect the silicon tube to the tube connector on the top section Lift left cover Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 8 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 9 Replace the waste container 10 Close left cover NO os On waste bottle If used Exchange bacterial filter QWLV040001 on the waste bottle assembly 3 Exchange Rinse and Saline tube assembly New rinse pump tube assembly New saline pump tube assembly ESRI090902 ESRI090903 ag VALINE heat 3 Ben AER New tube replacement 1 Open left cover 2 Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the front of the unit to release the tube out of the pump plate holder 3 Remove the old tube from the peristaltic pump rotor 4 Disconnect the tubing at both ends of the tube connectors InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 365 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN E mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Connect new tubing to both ends of the connectors Place one end of the tube in the pump plate holder Pull the new tube over the peristaltic pump rotor Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the back of the InteRRliner ONAN 4 Fill and clean Cleaning agent preparat
40. HOST server via TCP IP Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Check result path setting Check if network or USB devices are used Check communication cable between Host and InteRRliner V8 computer Check serial port settings baud rate etc Check protocol settings Check Host computer See E30 Check TCP IP settings Check network cable Check HOST settings No response from Host within See E30 E34 No response from host after sending Sample data record E35 No response from host after sending Sample flag record E36 No ACK NACK received after sending Sample result string E37 NACK received from host after sending Sample result string E40 Position settings error Settings loaded from Eeprom Check settings before sampling E41 Timeout settings error Settings loaded from Eeprom Check settings before sampling InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN a certain time limit after 3 attempts No response from Host within a certain time limit after 3 attempts No response from Host within a certain time limit after 3 attempts Did not receive ACK from Host after sending Sample result string 3 times not match settings saved to file Settings in Eeprom OK and loaded from Eeprom Check positions and save settings Timing settings in Eeprom does not match settings saved to file Settings in Eeprom OK and loaded from Eeprom Check timeouts and save set
41. Instruction Sample probe or outer needle replacement e Clean the outer needle with disinfectant 4 Check tubing from the syringe for trapped air bubbles Check Diluent syringe for trapped air bubbles 6 If trapped air bubbles are found go to tab MAINTENANCE click button PRIME CLEAN ON PAGE 73 and perform the PRIME DILUENT function 7 Wipe outer surface and stainless steel plate below the pipettes with disinfectant a Page 368 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 RO mechatronics Work instruction Number 224 Page 1 of 8 Purpose Maintenance level 3 Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument InteRRliner V8 Revision 001 March 2014 1 Clean Fill nozzle and exchange O ring Fill Nozzle Disassemble the fill nozzle Disassemble fill nozzle holder 1 Turn the holder to the right 1 Turn the holder to the right 2 The fill nozzle can now be removed 2 The holder can now be removed 3 Disconnect the silicon tube from the fill nozzle The use of a toothbrush and detergent is recommended 1 Carefully scrub the fill nozzle inner part 2 Use a tissue to dry the fill nozzle Replace O ring Remove the O ring QWLV050004 Install new O ring QWLV050004 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 369 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Assemble fill nozzle holder Assem
42. InteRRliner Each rack which is placed by hand or fed in by the HST SKY unit is trimmed and pushed automatically to the front where it lines up with the sampler conveyor belt Do not push racks manually against or away from the front end as this will interfere with the ejector mechanism Racks will wait until the sampler unit sends a rack request On a rack request one rack is pushed into the sampler section and will be processed by the sampler The InteRRliner controls all the belt movements and rack transports The InteRRliner is also controlling the host communication between Compact and Lab communication system Check the Pipette position on page 34 Prime the fluid system on page 144 Check the Sample probe depth on page 33 depending on sample tube length Check the temperature sensor is Set room temperature on page 34 Check barcode reader Perform a First Fill and Clean Perform a leak check on the pipettes by run a fill and clean Start filling the carrousel with blood samples and check for leaking pipettes oo ot eS eS Page 30 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Installation 4 3 1 Main power connections The main switch for the StaRRsed Compact ESR analyzer is located at the left side of this instrument The main switch for the InteRRliner V8 rack transport units is located in the cabinet beneath the Entry Pool Attention The sample robot unit is powered by the E
43. InteRRliner V8 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette 2 ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely high ESR value Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range e ESR Time e Column height e Dilution e Bubbles on top e Hazy aspect e Temperature InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 229 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Appendix System messages Compact V8 The Compact generates four types of messages System messages Test messages System time out messages Error messages During normal operation the following System messages may occur 1 Waiting tube If a filled pipette is at the measuring position before the elapsed time has finished and the operator is ready to fill the next pipette the Waiting tube message will be displayed To continue the sample loading sequence the o
44. Lu Juana JOJOW YO UO 000 12 262 uMOp e4 dn Z4 SLO 0 08 2011 383 UMOP 4 dn z4 ssz p ds Oe umop 4 dn Z4 GSz Pa ds 9S3 UMOP 4 dn z4 ozz peeds WI Oe umOp 4 dn Z4 gSz peeds 3S3 UMOP 4 dn z4 S G Saul 283 umop 4 dn Z4 SG au Oe UMOpP 4 dn Z4 s G au 989 uMOp e4 dn Z4 sg au SU jNOSLU Sun AeIa peeds z aw yno wul L EL 100w oer ZLIN yodsuey yoey g LLW 1030W Japiis z OLIN 1030W Ul 004 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 118 FR mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up oe yo uo Z4 BTE Ian JO OW Dap JOLY yojuo 100W oe yo uo 74 BTE juano JOJOW yojuo 100W Vogt ojuo Z ut wy Lut Wan JOJOW Du Hpoiu0g 100W oe HO uo Z4 BIC juano JO OW pejep joey YO UO 2000 oe yo uo z4 BTE uano 4O OW Uu 10 0 Ve H0 U0 Z4 zu BTE Lut Waunm JOJOW oul YO UO 400W w3 Oe UMOp 4 dn z4 gSz peeds u3 2S uMOp c4 dn z4 GSz paeds u3 9S3 uMOp Ey dn Z4 ua 2ez UMOp E4 dn z4 SLO O S SLL ggz paads u3 2e uMOp e4 dn z4 4oj oWW Meu ou J SSZ OZL peeds u3 Oe uMOp E4 dn Z4 SLO OG OWL u3 3S3 uMOp ey dn z4 Ova Daade w3 283 uMop 4 dn Z4 oLz paeds jug Oe UMOp J4 dn Z4 SLOD0L BWL u3 3293 umop 4 dn Z4 SL D OOL OWI jug 2S3 UMOp 4 dn Z4 SLO OO BWL ju s3 umMop E4 dn Z4 SLO SS2 Su IW 3S3 umop
45. M Main Menu occ coi tesserae nd cence dead reendceict aradiaeresgacietaceoenedeseeciontcsemvatedeede 121 7 4 Menu M1 MOM analyser info gebei 121 7 5 Menu M2 MO GEIER eeue CEA E EES 122 7 6 Menu M3 MO 3 Test Tools Zeeegegeesetedegegegegeeoege deed Enges 122 7 7 Menu M4 M2 1 General software V A xx 123 7 8 Menu M26 M4 4 General Software VA vu 123 7 9 Menu M5 M2 2 e e 123 7 10 Menu M6 M2 3 Reset Unit sssssonssnenseesssserrnrrnnrsssrrrrnrrnnnrsserrrnrrnnnnssserenernnne 124 7 11 Menu M7 MS 1 Start Pool scssinccrcieucestisoreiemeereivacetremeeteinietiemteteauetsents 124 7 12 Menu M8 M5 2 End Pool siiccicctccccrscaneutsntceticeneetciercsensnemwiietiati enn aanentrs 124 7 13 Menu M8 M5 2 XO configuration sis sicsec22terne in dieteeeatedinstiddetetie asad 125 7 14 Menu M9 M5 3 Conveyer bet AEN 125 7 15 Menu M21 M4 2 Select anguage terre eeeetnneeeeeeeeetteeeneeee 125 7 16 Menu M19 M4 3 LAB COMM Drotocol 126 7 17 Menu M20 M4 4 Baud rate ene 126 7 18 Menu M10 M7 1 Pool in motor Gtart Pool 127 Page 8 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Contents 7 19 Menu M11 M 7 2 Slider motor Gtart Pool 128 7 20 Menu M12 M7 4 Rack transport Giart Pool 129 7 21 Menu M13 M7 4 Ejector motor Start POol cc cceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 130 7 22 Menu M14 M8 1 Pool in motor Evrt Pool 131 7 23 Menu M15 M8 2 Slider motor Ex
46. MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 e www is the 60 minute ESR e ttt is the temperature corrected 60 minute ESR e ccc is the column height e ddd is the 120 minute ESR if applicable Example of a limit error message without 30 minute ESR and 120 minute ESR L_err 123 89 200 CS Checksum XOR sum off all the data with the exception of CS STX and ETX E g CS byte2 XOR byte3 XOR byte 4 XOR etc Note Cannot be equal to that of the ETX byte 03h The CS byte verifies the accuracy of each transmitted message Before transmission the value of the CS byte is calculated by the exclusive or ing of all data bytes in the message with the exception of CS STX and ETX Since the CS byte precedes the ETX byte within the data stream the calculated value for CS cannot be equal to that of the ETX byte 03h Therefore if the calculated CS value is 03h the transmitted CS byte is set to the substitute value 83h in order to avoid erroneous action by the receiving device InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 299 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Protocol Compact bidirectional Bidirectional protocol definition of the sample request string from the InteRRliner V8 to the Host computer Positions in the string 1 2 s 4jsje 7 s ofito 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 29 24 25 26 27 28 20 30 a ESR Sample request string
47. Sample information After measurement the results of the sample are shown in this window This window is refreshed after every new result of a sample InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 43 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Rs mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 2 10 Status Status Information about the current status of the instrument is shown here such as the selected mode EDTA or Citrate selected method 60 or 30 minute and symbols that draw attention to certain maintenance conditions or QC sample status if applicable 6 2 11 Sample screen with keyboard To view the status of a specific pipette click directly on the pipette itself or click the open space in the center of the belt representation A virtual number pad is shown Type the number of the requested pipette and press the OK button The following screen is shown Page 44 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 2 12 Pipette information l Sample li History E Reagents Maintenance Settings Service E 0 102 GH s KS soi a ue s a EE E 30 mn method STARRSED Compa InteRRliner 3 14 22 06 2010 12 29 44 The following information is shown e Sample ID The sample identification barcode of the sample tube e Dilution The dilution rate of this sample as calculated during the aspiration process e Time filled The date and time when the
48. See Menu M4 on page 123 Menu M4 software V 4 xx on page 123 Submenus to control motor timing See Menu M5 on page 123 Reset functions for separate units See Menu M6 on page 124 Save all settings entered in various menus to Eprom A confirmation is not needed and the data is stored immediately Press ESC to return to the menu Menu M3 MO on page 121 3 Test Tools 1 Send test data 2 Send request 3 Display status Page 122 The test data string is similar to the normal out put string of the StaRRsed Compact but the result is a dummy Function is used to test Lab Comm communication The request string sent by this menu function is similar to the normal routine sample tube request and can be captured by the Sysmex Lab Comm host computer system Function is used to test Lab Comm communication For test purposes only InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 7 Menu M4 M2 1 General software V 4 xx Menu M4 M2 on page 122 1 General 1 Operation mode 2 Select language 3 Lab Comm protocol 4 Next on page 123 Select Lab Comm offline online Toggle selection with F2 confirm with ENT and abort with ESC Select the menu language for the rack transport system only See Menu M21 on page 125 Select the type of record used in communication with Lab Comm See Menu M19 on page 126 7 8 Menu
49. Settings for the motor that slides pushes the rack off the belt See Menu M11 on page 128 Settings for the motor that pushes the racks to the front of the Start Pool See Menu M12 on page 129 Settings for the motor that pushes the rack onto the conveyer belt See Menu M13 on page 130 Menu M8 M5 on page 123 M5 2 End Pool 1 2 Page 124 Pool in motor Slider motor Settings for the belt drive motor that feeds the rack into the End Pool See Menu M14 on page 131 Settings for the motor That slides pushes the rack off the belt See Menu M15 on page 132 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 13 Menu M8 M5 2 XO configuration Menu M8 M5 on page 123 M5 2 End Pool 1 Pool in motor 2 Slider motor 3 Rack transport 4 Ejector motor Settings for the belt drive motor that feeds the rack into the End Pool See Menu M14 on page 131 Settings for the motor That slides pushes the rack off the belt See Menu M15 on page 132 Settings for the motor that pushes the racks to the back of the End Pool See Menu M28 on page 133 Settings for the motor that pushes the rack out the End pool See Menu M29 on page 134 7 14 Menu M9 M5 3 Conveyer belt Menu M9 M5 on page 123 3 Conveyor belt 1 Switch in motor 2 Switch out motor 3 Transport motor Settings for the motor that pushes t
50. Start Pool 1 Time out 2 Speed 3 4 Test motor Timeout time 2 Time 15 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 1 Speed 2 255 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor ON OFF Ind 2 l Motor current Int l 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC Ind Motor home In1 Motor limit IN2 Pool push InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 129 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 21 Menu M13 M7 4 Ejector motor Start Pool Menu M13 M7 on page 124 4 Ejector motor Start Pool 1 Time out 2 Speed 3 4 Test motor Timeout time 2 Time 5 second 3 4 F2 up F3 J down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 255 3 4 l F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor ON OFF In0 2 l Motor current Int 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC Ind Motor home In1 Motor limit In2 Page 130 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 22 Menu M14 M8 1 Pool in motor Exit Pool Menu M14 M8 on page 124 1 Pool in motor Exit Pool 1 Time out 2 Delay Time 3 Speed 4 Test motor Timeout time Line 1 Line 2 Time 80 0 1 second Line 3 Line 4 F2 J up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 240 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Delay time 2 Time 20 0 01 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Test m
51. V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 166 Page 1 of 2 Purpose Peristaltic waste pump cassette replacement Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision Draft October 2008 Clean Waste Cassette The waste system must be cleaned before replacing the waste pump cassette liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Remove bacterial HEPA filter Fill waste separator with 100ml disinfectant or 100 ml water with 2 bleach Replace bacterial HEPA filter Lift left cover Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf 0 Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 11 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 12 Replace the waste container 13 Close left cover 1 Open the left cover and remove the waste container The Si EE E Prime Saline 1 Select PRIME SALINE Repeat the prime saline until the liquid separator is empty InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 337 Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Exchange Waste Cassette and blotting washer 1 Disconnect the two tubes from the waste pump cassette 2 Press levers at three o clock and nine o clock positions
52. a correction of the problem contact technical support Check for specks of dirt or hairs in the pipette valves A scratched valve tube A scratched valve body Valve on top of the pipette is dirty or damaged Check pipette bottom glass may be chipped Ox Se ee gt Check the pipette valve for contamination or wear 15 9 Hazy reports Hazy reports are usually caused by build up of proteins on the inner wall of the pipettes Another cause is growth of micro organisms in the diluter system It is extremely important that the system is kept sterile First run an extra Fill amp Clean sequence then check after a day s run if haziness is decreased When there are still many reports it is recommended to fill the diluter system with a 5 chlorine solution See WI 178 Hazy problem on page 344 A picture example of haziness Page 186 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 10 Contaminated instrument The InteRRliner V8 has bacterial and micro organism s growth Clean the instrument monthly with a strong cleaning agent See Work instructions WI 197 Fill and Clean InteRRliner V8 on page 377 and WI 195 Cleaning the diluent system on page 347 for details 15 11 Fill time out error Normally the fill sequence takes about 3 seconds However if the fill sequence exceeds 10 seconds a fill time out error will be generated The Compact aborts the fill sequence and this err
53. again After 3 attempts it will stop communication and generate an error e If the InteRRliner V8 does not get any response timeout 10 sec it will send the request string again After 3 attempts it will stop communication and generate an error Request string example Sample ID 123456789 Request string ESRSR 123456789 R 31 bytes Sample result e Checksum ON OFF user defined e 30 minute output ON OFF user defined The sample result will be output according to the standard Compact StaRRsed ESR string See String format for StaRRsed If the host computer receives the result string it should reply by sending an ACK or a NACK e If the InteRRliner V8 receives an ACK it will start sending the next result e If the InteRRliner V8 receives a NACK it will send the result string again After 3 attempts it will start sending the next result e If the InteRRliner V8 does not get any response from the host timeout 10 sec it will send the result string again After 3 attempts it will stop communication and generate an error InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 303 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Protocol Opus bidirectional Bidirectional protocol definition of the sample request string from the InteRRliner V8 to the Host computer Positions in the string 1 2 s 4jsje 7 s o io 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 29 24 25 26 27 28 20 30 a
54. and replace if A QTST040001 84 necessary 84 pieces Replace al tubing wih Tubing ai 11 IL IL eme Compression sping outerneede x ensrosooss Page 274 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Necdecabeasenby 1 1 III es For older models Flat washer Fill nozzle EDTA QWLVo60001 rings rings InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 275 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix String format for StaRRsed ESR string format for StaRRsed 60 minutes format stx PPPPPPPPPP www WWW AAAAAAAAmm ppp TTT CC EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE MMMMMMMMMM cr 1f eot stx 80 data characters cr lf eot Checksum OFF 60 min stx 80 data characters cr lf etx cs eot Checksum ON 60 min Data consists if 30 min output is switched to OFF Postion Descrifon Format oS S Patient identification text PPPPPPPPPP 18 20 E S R in mm 60 min corrected EH WWW for temp SS Temperature in degree Default e C XX CS 1 byte checksum 256 modulo 256 ASCII string sum ASCII string sum the ASCII sum of all preceding characters incl stx cr If and ext modulo 256 ASCII string sum the remainder of the ASCII string sum when divided by 256 ESR string format for StaRRsed 30 minutes format stx PPPPPPPPPP hhh www WWW AAAAAAAAAmm ppp TTT
55. bottle is marked by a flashing red to yellow mark When the bottle status screen is active the bottle audio alarm is switched off Reagent information is shown in the little text boxes To input new reagent information when reagent container is replaced click on the appropriate text box Note When the expire date is exceeded the text box will flash red The software checks the bottle status before starting a new rack If a level alarm is ON it will not process the new rack If an alarm comes ON during a rack it will finish to aspirate that rack 10 samples max Washing dirty pipettes always continues as to avoid that the samples are left in the pipettes Reagents alarm is also set when the expire date of the reagent is exceeded or opened more than three months The message Not allowed now See REAGENTS appears Processing of new samples is stopped A log is available for all reagents and can be accessed by clicking on DISPLAY REAGENT HISTORY on page 70 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 69 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program oat Display reagent history E EE log Rs mechatronics ne 09 2011 es 2011 ee eee 11 2011 e O This screen shows the history of the used reagents Select the reagent type on the right side For external use of the information all the logged reagent data can by exported to EXCEL CSV format by clicking Export to Excel CSV Page 70 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1
56. but corrected result is within range E118 Uncorrected QC result is within acceptable range but corrected result is out of range Page 194 The used StaRRsed Control is out of date no ESR result is given Result is out of range the applicable values for the acceptable range depend on the user setting E116 is shown in the status line of the Sample screen and the QC icon is blinking on the Sample screen ESR Result is given ESR Result is given Temperature correction not activated ESR Result is given Temperature correction not activated Check expire date Use a new batch of StaRRsed Control Try new QC sample tube normal samples will be finished Check acceptable range in QC settings If results are continuously out of range but the statistics show identical stable results it should be considered to expand the acceptable assay range with QC Settings If this error persists check clean instrument Consider QC Sample as correct The mean value is assayed with temperature correction Check temperature correction setting Consider QC Sample as not correct Try new QC sample tube normal samples will be finished Check acceptable range in QC settings If this error persists check clean instrument Check temperature correction setting InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting QC result with ESR error no ESR Result is giv
57. carousel for the Measure station position Rinse station position and the Fill station position FORWARD AND BACKWARD MOVEMENT OF THE CAROUSEL With this function the carousel can be moved one position backwards and forwards Warning Only for trained personnel When this function is used the built in safety functions are not active be careful Go TO RINSE POSITION Enter a pipette number the carousel will then turn to the stop position which is always the Rinse station SET RINSE POSITION The Compact has a self encoding pipette position system If an intermittent position error is displayed the position must be entered manually PIPETTE FLOW TEST Warning Pipettes must be empty before starting this function Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt Pipette data will be lost gt is displayed This is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are sent to the printer DELETE PIPETTE DATA This function will erase all pipette data Make sure that there are no samples on the pipette belt InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 89 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN F mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program LANGUAGE The selection box for the language is marked with a symbol depicting a globe Select the language for the software and the Instructions For Use by clicking on the appropriate l
58. definition from InteRRliner V8 to host computer sm sp e sjrjs r sej1j2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 rojit 12 is ia 15 16 17 18 sP R sPjes em Definition of the string STX and ETX are at fixed position first 1 and last 31th position respectively SP Space character 20 E Capital letter E S Capital letter S R Capital letter R 1 18 Position of the sample identification left adjusted and filled up with spaces at the end of the string ae Checksum one char 00 FF that is the EXOR sum of all the data Data The position from position 2 up to and including position 29 Take position 2 and position 3 and EXOR those 2 Take the result and EXOR this with position 3 ect till the position 29 R At position 28 means that this is the Request string STX Char 02 ETX Char 03 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 301 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Sample conformation string definition replied by the host computer to perform an ESR test sm sp fels Ris R isp i 2 3 4 e 7 a 9 rojit r2 ia ia 15 e i7ta sp y spies o _ Y Capital Y at position 28 of the string Sample refuse string definition replied by the host computer to skip the ESR test sm sp fels Ris R isp i 2 3 4 s e6 7 ae 9 rojit ia ia ia 15 1e i7j18 sP N spies o _ N Capital N at position 28 of the string If either the host computer as well the InteRRliner V8 receives a stri
59. driver on nozzle board is faulty Fill nozzle is blocked Check for leakage on the pipette or fill nozzle Check if outer needle is clogged up with rubber Sample probe maybe bend Sample probe motor is faulty Sample probe motor driver on needle board is faulty Sample probe is blocked Check diluent flow sensor Check tubes diluter system Fill nozzle motor is faulty Fill nozzle motor driver on nozzle board is faulty Fill nozzle is blocked Check home top sensor Outer needle motor is faulty Outer needle motor driver on needle board is faulty Outer needle is blocked Page 235 mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E18 Carousel position error Value of potentiometer does Check if the rinse position Check Rinse position not match the value stored in is right memory of the current rinse position Set correct rinse position and do a Learn carousel positions Check mechanical connection potentiometers E19 Drive motor timeout Drive motor did not move or Check the home sensor motor is blocked Motor is faulty Motor driver on drive board is faulty E22 Waste bottle full Empty waste bottle and clear e Check level sensor error E23 Fill sensor out of The Fill sensor has reached a e Check and or clean the Fill range Check clean this critical level sensor EEN SE Continuing could result in filling errors E24 Diluter Start sensor out The Diluter St
60. electr equipm for meas control and lab use General requirements EN 61010 2 101 Safety requirements for electr equipm for meas control and lab use Particular requirements for in vitro diagnostic IVD medical equipment EN 591 Instructions for use for in vitro diagnostic instruments for professional use EN 980 Symbols for use in the labelling of medical devices EN ISO 14971 Medical devices Application of risk management to medical devices EN ISO 13485 Medical devices Quality management systems Requirements for regulatory purpases The CE mark was applied for the first time on this instrument mode in 2007 Zwaag The Netherlands September 12 2012 J Nowee Director Sales amp Marketing Mechatronics Manufacturing BV Condones By the ORGALIME GENERAL CONDITIONS S2000 of August 2012 Any offer conditions are herewith explicitly rejected by us P RA ae Page 38 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics 5 4 Labels and stickers on containers 5 4 1 Stickers of the reagents containers SIAS 260 QRRO10931 HUH ae DILUENT 5L a aa da 1234567890 CUE E E T 201301 Hinge fs RR ss wal hey Ce nr De Crwm 2 E A9 Zeng a been te viet ren tu OF D BE sen QRRO10947 HH HIHLRIR CE Seege Gu 1234567890 GI WII 2013 01 GULE ETID FA dzagen DEEN D fu Cem 1 Nem AN Senat Ne erty te sneer fe eset D e H RV 2c EI InteRRliner V8 User
61. error elevator platform not in back position Sample unit in out error elevator not in up position Platform front back error sample arm not in out position Sample unit in out and Tube unit front back not on position during initialisation of the elevator Outer needle not in up position during initialisation of the elevator Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport driver on Elevator board The Sample unit in out could not move to a new position because the elevator platform was not in its back position The Sample unit in out could not move to a new position because the elevator was not in its up position Platform unit front back could not move to a new position because the sample arm was not in its out position rack position The initialisation routine of the elevator was cancelled because the Sample unit in out was not in its out position rack position and the Tube unit front back was not in its front position The positions of both units are unknown The initialisation routine of the elevator was cancelled because the outer needle sample tube holder was not in its up position Check Platform front back motor Check back sensor of Platform front back unit Check elevator motor see also error 63 Check Sample unit in out motor Check Out Front sensor of Sample unit in out Check Sample unit in out Rotation motor C
62. ert Den check ON 6 6 2 1 Dilution adjustment 60 till 140 Dilution adjustment 60 till 140 For adjusting the dilution rate run a number of sample tubes filled with fresh blood Write down the dilution rate which is shown in the numerical window By entering the percentage deviation a correction value can be made Example The average dilution rate is 92 enter 108 in order to correct to a 100 dilution rate 6 6 2 2 Dilution error detection 0 till 25 Dilution error detection 0 till 25 Dilution Error deviation report If a dilution error occurs during the aspiration sequence an audible alarm sounds and the deviation value will be shown on the screen When the measure unit has evaluated the sample the deviation value will be printed after the text EDTA Sending or not sending results with dilution errors to the output is optional see Limit error settings on page 97 Example Dilution error detection is set at 10 When the dilution error is outside the 10 range in the last column of the report EDTA 079 or EDTA 121 is printed which indicating this sample is 21 under or over diluted InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 95 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program mechatronics 6 6 2 3 Auto dilution adjust Auto dilution adjust The Automatic Dilution adjust is by default setting ON Feature to automatically make a correction to the dilution rate if set to ON This mode checks the dilution r
63. front back motor timeout Sample unit in out motor Mixer motor timeout Page 220 The elevator didn t reach its e position within a certain time limit The Tube unit front back didn t reach the front or back position within a certain time limit The Sample unit in out didn t reach the in needle or out rack position within a certain time limit The Mixer didn t reach the up or down position within a certain time limit R mechatronics If the error number is in the range of 63 till 71 then there are some problems with the Elevator itself Restart the Compact by switching OFF and ON again Faulty elevator motor Elevator mechanically blocked Broken wire s to elevator motor Faulty elevator motor driver on Elevator board Check resettable fuse at the back of the InteRRliner Check front and back sensors Faulty front back motor Tube unit front back mechanically blocked Broken wire to front back motor Faulty front back motor driver on Elevator board Check in and out sensors Faulty in out motor Sample unit in out mechanically blocked Broken wire to in out motor Faulty in out motor driver on Elevator board Check mixer sensors Faulty mixer motor Mixer mechanically blocked Broken wire to mixer motor Faulty mixer motor InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Sample unit in out
64. function to fill the dispenser system with the disinfectant 5 6 Leave the disinfectant in the system for 15 minutes Step 2 1 Take the diluent suction tube out of the disinfectant 2 Wipe the tube clean and dry with a tissue 3 Empty the diluent bottle and refill it with hot de ionized water 80 4 Place diluent suction tube in the diluent bottle with hot water 5 Use the PRIME function 6 water Step 3 1 Empty the diluent bottle 2 Clean the diluent bottle with new hot de ionized water 80 3 Refill the diluent bottle with new diluent solution 4 Perform another PRIME 5 After the prime sequence stops press PRIME to fill the dispenser system with the disinfectant After the prime sequence stops press PRIME again to fill the dispenser system with the hot After the prime sequence stops press PRIME again to fill the dispenser system with the new diluent solution InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 347 Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Rs mechatronics mechatronics Work instruction Number 196 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Cleaning liquid separator Version 2 Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 002 March 2013 Replacing Removing 1 2 3 4 5 6 Cleaning 1 2 3 1 N D i S o 8 9 10 Close left cover Open the left cover and remove the waste container The liquid separator is now visib
65. in motor Transport unit Switch in unit mechanically blocked Check Switch in sensors Faulty Switch in motor Broken wire s to Switch in motor Faulty Switch in motor driver on Transport board InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics E1073 Transport 1 4 Switch_in pos error or E2073 Transport 1 4 Switch_in pos error E1074 Transport 1 4 Switch_in out pos E2075 Transport 1 4 Switch_out timeout Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport The Switch in motor Transport unit did not reach the home position within a certain time limit or The Switch out motor Transport unit could not move the release position because the Switch in motor Transport unit was not on position home The Switch in motor tried to move from the release to the home position but the Switch in motor was not on the release position The position is unknown The Switch out motor Transport unit did not reach the home or release position within a certain time limit Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch in motor Transport unit Switch in unit mechanically blocked Check Switch in sensors Faulty Switch in motor Broken wire s to Switch in motor Faulty Switch in motor driver on Transport board Check Switch in sensors Transport unit Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch out motor Transport unit Switch out unit
66. list of available files In the window Sample ID type the sample ID information and press Search Press Options for the following search options e Show today s results e Show today s results from a selected time frame of the day e Show results of a number of past days Default value is set for 7 days e Show results of a specific day e Show results of the range between the first selected date to the next selected date Select in the table a Sample ID and click the button DISPLAY FULL PATIENT RESULT on page 49 for more detailed information of the selected sample In the header of the table the names of the columns are shown Double click the header of any column to sort the table by this column in ascending order Page 48 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 2 1 Display patient results ERD Sample 1 History k Reagents Maintenance Settings Service H ID Titeepeereperee LEKT ET OY CC H I 1 8 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 199 200 mm 302 Aspect ESR 60min ESR 60 min Semple 10 code e G t ae 30331302 je 53 1507 z ESR time D n Temperature woz Date time rein c Pipette 1707 131 01 2012 08 43 16 160 IG 124 9 1a0 Error code 190 Weder e Send patient result to HOST 200 WI Si In the window Select date to show results double click on the file name to select the results of the selected date Press Refr
67. method switch to ON for the 30 minute method or switch to OFF for using the 60 minutes method 4 3 6 Limit filter settings Check the LIMIT FILTER SETTINGS If it is certain that the LIMS has been programmed to handle all these exceptions correctly these options may be set to YES In all other situations the options should be set to NO to avoid that results associated with exceeded limits are transmitted to LIMS and or printed 4 3 7 Sample probe depth Sample probe depth is depending on sample tube length Select SETTINGS GENERAL the sample probe depth in millimeters For each individual type of blood collection tube the sample probe depth must be checked and set Example Measure the safe needle depth The sample probe depth is usually slightly less than the maximum safety distance enter this depth in millimeters This will be the depth that the sample probe goes down into the sample tube e The safety depth distance is found to be 65 millimeters e Set needle depth in the software at 62 millimeters See also section Measuring maximum safe needle depth Note Setting the needle too close to the tube bottom may cause a fill time error There should be approximately 2 millimeter clearance between the sample tube bottom and the tip of the sample probe InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 33 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Installation 4 3 8 Pipette belt position Select SETTINGS CAROUSEL and check if the correct
68. pipette number is at the Rinse station position This function will show the current pipette number at the Measure station position Rinse station position and the Fill station position If the position is not according the pipette numbers on the belt enter the correct numbers 4 3 9 Set room temperature Select SETTINGS GENERAL SETTINGS TEMPERATURE The displayed value is the temperature according the build in thermometer of the InteRRliner V8 1 Check the room temperature near the pipettes with a room thermometer 2 Enter the measured temperature from the room thermometer as the current value for the temperature sensor 3 SAVE SETTINGS 4 3 10 Priming the fluid system Select MAINTENANCE gt PRIME CLEAN on page 73 and perform all prime sequences manually Check fluid flow through the applicable tubing repeat a step if fluid flow is not correct 1 PRIME RINSE SOLUTION activates the Rinse pump RINSE SOLUTION must flow through the pipette 2 PRIME SALINE activates the SALINE pump Liquid must flush through the needle assembly 3 PRIME DILUENT activates the diluter prime cycle Diluter system must be filled with diluent and free of air bubbles e Diluter prime cycle is executed once In order to fully prime the system it will be necessary to perform this step several times One cycle is 5 strokes of the Diluter 4 PRIME DE IONIZED WATER activates the fill nozzle water valve DE IONIZED WATER must flow through
69. previous protocol is automatically switched OFF Menu M23 M19 1 SE 9000 Item 1 Item 2 SE 9000 Rec OFF Item 3 Toggle selection with F2 on off confirm with Enter abort with ESC Menu M24 M19 2 R 3500 Item 1 Item 2 R 3500 Rec OFF ltem 3 Toggle selection with F2 on off confirm with Enter abort with ESC Menu M25 M19 3 Tdlims Item 1 ltem 2 Tdlims Rec OFF ltem 3 Toggle selection with F2 on off confirm with Enter abort with ESC 7 32 Note for menu M27 Note for menu M27 Only one of the protocols is activated If one protocol is active and you select a new protocol to be active by switching it ON the previous protocol is automatically switched OFF Menu M27 M26 on page 123 2 XO on off Item 1 Item 2 XO on off OFF ltem 3 Toggle selection with F2 on off confirm with Enter abort with ESC InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 139 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Getting started 8 GETTING STARTED Blood cell counter racks are placed onto the Start Yard by hand or fed in through the input conveyer belt of the Start Yard The racks are trimmed and subsequently pushed automatically to the front end where it lines up with the rack conveyor belt Manually pushing racks against or away from the front end will interfere with the ejector mechanism causing errors Racks will wait until the sampler unit sends a rack request On that rack request one rack is pushed towards t
70. rack and the sequence starts all over again As soon as the rack has been processed completely it is moved to the conveyor belts shifting mechanism released to the conveyor belt and transported to the End Pool ATTENTION The quality of the barcode labels is of critical importance for the correct function of the sample robot Labels may not come loose or have dog ears Poor label quality cannot be compensated by mechanical adjustments InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 141 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Getting started At aspiration the blood is accurately diluted with citrate 1 4 subsequently fed into the Westergren pipette After 60 or 30 minutes depending on the method settings the automatic reading of the pipettes is carried out by moving an optical sensor along the pipettes This reading is then stored in the integrated PC system and reported to the connected LIMS A direct print out is also possible by connecting a printer The pipettes are automatically flushed cleaned and dried to be ready for a next sample to perform ESR When the aspirating cycle is finished the sample tube is placed back into the rack and the sequence starts all over again 8 1 First set up Check the general settings and select the required options 30 minutes Default is OFF Display dilution Default is OFF EDTA mode Default is ON Display graph Default is OFF Sample probe protection Default is ON Temperature corre
71. repair of the instrument in detail Contains detailed descriptions of parts assembly drawings modifications extended trouble shooting flow diagrams etc Only available in English 4 Installation Manual IM Intended for trained service engineers Contains instructions and procedures for installation and start up Only available in English Manuals are available in PDF and HTML format and can be downloaded from http www rrmechatronics com Page 16 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics Instrument description 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION The InteRRliner consists of the following main modules Entry pool e Loading of racks through belt driven transport system e Capability of holding 21 Sysmex racks e Printer stand to hold optional printer Note If the InteRRliner is used as part of the Sysmex HST XN the Entry pool is connected to the Sysmex SKY unit which is the output pool of the HST system HST processed samples are automatically transferred to the InteRRliner Entry pool Tube handling and transport e Indexer unit initialising racks and reading the barcode of the sample tubes e Sample robot unit mixing the sample tubes and placing successively each sample tube on the StaRRsed Compact for aspiration e Conveyor belt running from the Entry pool to the Exit pool to transport the racks e Protection hood InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 17 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Instrument
72. screen on page 100 OR wh The above picture is an example of the SAMPLE screen of the Compact in the normal operation mode If the Service mode button with light is shown in the Status line the Compact is running in the service mode The User Manual button is also in the status line Click this button to open the InteRRliner V8 User manual When the Compact is running in the Service mode all kinds of settings can be changed and the instrument will run with the changed settings For instance when ESR time is set to 12 minutes the Carousel will move according this time setting to be in time at the measure position When the Compact is running in the NORMAL MODE the instrument uses the standard saved settings For instance the ESR time is set back to 60 minutes or 30 minutes according the used method 6 2 1 Carousel Carousel This is a graphical representation of the Compact carousel When an ESR is required the carousel is moving to the Measure position On the display the belt is also moving accordingly The decimal numbers next to the pipettes are the numbers on the pipette belt When a pipette is filled successfully a red dot marks the filled pipette In case of a failure the pipette is marked with a flashing red dot All the sample information can be found in tab HISTORY 6 2 2 Measure station Measure station This is the position of the measure station where the ESR of the sample is measured 6 2 3 Wash station W
73. sensor by more than 10mm One air bubble can result in ESR Error 3 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 7 4 One air bubble rising in pipette CO E 1 Usually this is caused by a wet or dirty fill nozzle e The blood column should not reach right to the base of the pipette There must be a clear air gap of 4 5mm at the bottom of each pipette 2 Insufficient sample volume e Need more blood in the sample tube One air bubble rising can result in ESR Error code 3 15 7 5 Small air bubbles rising in pipette Usually this is caused by a dirty or damaged fill nozzle e Observe the maintenance schedules e Clean the fill nozzle e Check the fill nozzle for damage If necessary replace the fill nozzle Sample tube is leaking on the fill nozzle side e Replace the silicon sample tube Small air bubbles result in ESR Error 3 15 7 6 Random air bubbles in pipette m 1 Check Diluent flow by priming the diluter system i by 2 Insufficient sample volume Random air bubbles result in ESR Error 3 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 185 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 8 Leaking pipettes If blood or cleaning solutions leak from a pipette perform the following procedures and check the performance of the system after each step to see if the problem has been solved If the completion of the following steps does not result in
74. shows which pipettes are in use The section in the middle of the layout gives the sample number and status for each pipette including time to go before the result is due A pictorial representation of the pipette at the measuring position and a graph of the optical density over the length of the entire pipette is shown on the side This data is retained in memory for subsequent retrieval if required Sample ig story E Reagents er L bo min method STARRED l L Auto Compact 2 23 22 05 2010 12 29 44 9 H H D 5 4 3 2 1 Page 14 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Introduction 1 2 Dilution principle The principle of adding Diluent to a flow of whole blood is unique The InteRRliner V8 has the capability of monitoring the air displacement during the aspiration cycle This is called on line dilution The CPU receives data from the airflow sensor and calculates the syringe speed Diluter accuracy is 3 1 3 Sedimentation measurement principle The automatic reading of the Westergren sedimentation pipettes is carried out by moving an optical sensor along the pipettes While the sensor is moving a reading is made every 0 25 mm The sensor is reading the absorption of infra red light through the Westergren pipette filled with blood From these readings values at a number of absorption levels are determined All absorption figures are relative to the darkest and lighte
75. tab MAINTENANCE click button PRIME CLEAN ON PAGE 73 and perform the PRIME DILUENT function 7 Wipe outer surface and stainless steel plate below the pipettes with disinfectant InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 357 R mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 191 Page 1 of 3 Purpose Weekly maintenance Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 March 2014 Prepare disinfectant if not already prepared Add 10 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite to 190 ml de ionized water 5 solution This disinfectant is for cleaning of all external parts that are exposed to blood 1 Clean Fill nozzle Disassemble the fill nozzle Assemble fill nozzle 1 Turn the holder to the right 1 Connect the silicon tube to the 2 The fill nozzle can now be fill nozzle removed 2 Put the fill nozzle into the 3 Disconnect the silicon tube holder from the fill nozzle 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards E E and turn the holder to the left detergent is recommended 1 Carefully scrub the fill nozzle inner part 2 Use a tissue to dry the fill nozzle Page 358 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Rs mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 2 Clean Liquid separator Removing 1 Open the left cover and remove the waste container The liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the
76. the tube connected to the fill nozzle cap 5 PRIME DISINFECTANT activates the disinfectant valve Disinfectant must flow through the small tube connected to the pipette wash station 4 4 Last step Familiarise yourself with the Keyboard and how to navigate through the menu See for detail information section Keyboard on page 40 Page 34 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Standard Operating Procedures S O P 5 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES S O P In this section the following issues can be found Basics of Bio safety S O P for working with bio hazardous materials Safety warning StaRRsed Incident Report E C Declaration Labels and stickers on containers 5 1 Basics of Bio safety Basic rules on bio safety in a laboratory Wash hands after handling biological materials removing gloves or before leaving work area Don t eat drink etc in the work area Never mouth pipette Take extreme precautions when sharps must be used Dispose sharps carefully and properly Conduct procedures likely to create splashes sprays or aerosols within a biological safety cabinet that is certified annually Decontaminate work surfaces at least daily Decontaminate waste materials before disposal Wear a BUTTONED lab coat to protect street clothes Wear gloves when hands may contact potentially infectious materials contaminated surfaces or equipment Wear eye face protection if splas
77. the average deviation of all QC results compared with the expected ESR e Coefficient of variation ratio of the standard deviation to the expected ESR expressed ina percentage e Number of QC results This graph gives a first indication of the measuring stability of the InteRRliner V8 Further analysis and identification of systematic errors have to be performed in the user s Quality Control System CLOSE Return to History Screen 6 3 5 4 QC abnormal results table m OC Statistics and Results D Dy H i 37 10 GRID a 3 Le faero IS 24 E118 Uncorrected QC result sv 3744 10 1 ll 37 10 ag 23 01 2012 08 16 ji 37 10 EU 20 01 2012 08 ozio zim nm IS 37 4f 10 IS mieten tim 5 Tome 37 10 42 p2 3744 10 17 GI 3 137 GF 10 G tt Ja 2 2 w ji lsinleleialelele aero Taena Is 37 G4 10 42 37 Gi 10 ES SR UE 37 i 10 H 1 giglegisgsglssigagiglsigas laleleielelalalels InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 57 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program The results from StaRRsed Control level A are shown Display Results table QC sample ID Read from the barcode The original StaRRsed Control barcode batch number Linked lab ID The Lab ID is given if it is linked to the StaRRsed Control sample ID Sampling date The date and time when the QC sample was aspir
78. the groove on the side of the rack must catch the strip at the right side of the storage area The InteRRliner can store up to 21 racks racks may be placed randomly in the InteRRliner Each rack which is placed by hand or fed in by the HST SKY unit is trimmed and pushed automatically to the front where it lines up with the sampler conveyor belt Racks will wait until the sampler unit sends a rack request On a rack request one rack is pushed into the sampler section and will be processed by the sampler The InteRRliner controls all belt movements and rack transports The InteRRliner is also controlling the host communication between Compact and LAB COMM Note Do not push racks manually against or away from the front end as this will interfere with the ejector mechanism 4 3 4 Tube rack feeding Ensure that racks which are placed by hand are correctly placed in the InteRRliner the groove on the side of the rack must catch the strip at the right side of the storage area The InteRRliner can store up to 21 racks racks may be placed randomly in the InteRRliner Each rack which is placed by hand or fed in by the HST SKY unit is trimmed and pushed automatically to the front where it lines up with the sampler conveyor belt Do not push racks manually against or away from the front end as this will interfere with the ejector mechanism Racks will wait until the sampler unit sends a rack request On a rack request one rack is pushed into th
79. the output when the dilution rate is outside the selected range set with Diluter settings SEND RESULTS WITH COLUMN HEIGHT ERRORS e setto YES always transmit results to the output e setto NO transmit no results to the output when the column height is outside the selected range SEND RESULTS WITH BUBBLES ON TOP WARNING e setto YES always transmit results to the output e set to NO transmit no results to the output when there is generated a warning for bubbles on top InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 97 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Re mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program e SEND RESULTS WITH HAZY ASPECT e setto YES always transmit results to the output e set to NO three options are possible Hazy gt 10 Hazy lt 25 and Hazy gt 25 transmit results to the output as specified e SEND RESULTS WITH TEMPERATURE EXCEEDED e setto YES always transmit results to the output e set to NO the settings can be set changed between a minimum of 15 and maximum of 34 When an option is set to YES and this limit error occurs results will be printed send to the LIMS 6 6 4 QC Settings C Sample ile Reagents l Pak Maintenance Settings Service Geh Use default assay range Default NORMAL range Default ABNORMAL range CG Use custom assay range ern NORNIAL Fine oy NORMAL it em AENORMAL range gt send QC request to LIMS BD send resutt to UMS QD automatically remove inked QC TD after resuk
80. timeout error will occur Controls the motor speed Delay time Controls the amount of time for a motor to run after a sensor is triggered This setting is used to ensure that racks have reached the end of the passageway using Fo F3 confirm with Enter abort with ESC 0 255 sec Set speed Change the setting using F2 F3 Ge confirm with Enter abort with ESC Set time Change the setting using F2 F3 A S confirm with Enter abort with ESC Test motor Test function to check the motor and related sensors 7 30 Note for menu M22 Items 1 through 4 Transport x this menu is only accessible if multiple sample sections are present Sections are counted in the direction of the rack flow starting at the Start Pool Select the section for which the motor settings need to be accessed Menu M22 M5 3 Conveyer belt if more then 1 unit is connect Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4 Transport 1 Transport 2 Transport 3 Transport 4 Then menu 9 is copied 4 times Then menu 9 is copied 4 times Then menu 9 is copied 4 times Then menu 9 is copied 4 times Page 138 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 31 Note for menus M23 till M25 Note for menus M23 till M25 Only one of the protocols is activated If one protocol is active and you select a new protocol to be active by switching it ON the
81. to an external device XN The End pool collects all processed racks Racks are pushed to the rear of the pool If no more racks can be placed an error is signalled in the form of beeps and a message shown on the display Remove processed racks and reset the End pool if necessary 9 1 4 Power up sequence e Check the Start and End pools the conveyor belt and the robotic unit for unblocked passageways Racks may only be present on the pool s stainless steel storage areas e Start sequence e Switch ON the Compact e Switch ON the PC and the monitor e Wait until Windows is ready for use e Start the InteRRliner software e Observe the Robotic arm movement during the start up after finishing the reset sequence the Compact is ready for use e Switch ON the InteRRliner The system becomes operational when the lines HST Version X XX and Lab Comm On or OFF are shown in the display InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 143 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Operation e H applicable switch ON the printer The printer prints the paper header automatically e InteRRliner is ready for use 9 1 5 Priming the fluid system Select MAINTENANCE gt PRIME CLEAN on page 73 and perform all prime sequences manually Check fluid flow through the applicable tubing repeat a step if fluid flow is not correct 1 PRIME RINSE SOLUTION activates the Rinse pump RINSE SOLUTION must flow through the pipette 2 PRIME SALINE activa
82. will crack or strip the threading inside the block Replace the correct tubes on the outer needle Replace cover Compact InteRRliner 1 Shut down the robotic protection cover QWLV050003 gre ESRI050909 ESRI050901 13 3 Weekly The purpose of the weekly maintenance is to carry out the daily maintenance and additionally check the optical sensor of the measure head and the vacuum pressure Detailed instructions of this procedure can be found in the Work Instruction Weekly maintenance on page 358 Page 162 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Maintenance 13 3 1 Check the sensors in service mode Vacuum pressure check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FLOW SENSOR box Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs 0300 380 0390 Offset 0045 0050 0055 If the flow is not in range there might be a blockage in the vacuum flow line to the flow sensor Fill Stop sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FILL STOP SENSOR box Fillstop sensor FS 90 140 165 Diluter Start sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select DILUTER START SENSOR box Diluter start sensor 400 700 Measure sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK MEASURE SENSOR box Measure sensor MS 40 50 60 Temperature sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR box Temperature sensor TS R
83. 0300 380 0390 Offset 0045 0050 0055 If the flow is not in range there might be a blockage in the vacuum flow line to the flow sensor Fill Stop sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FILL STOP SENSOR box Fillstop sensor FS 90 140 165 Diluter Start sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select DILUTER START SENSOR box Diluter start sensor 400 700 Measure sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK MEASURE SENSOR box Measure sensor MS 40 50 60 Temperature sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR box Temperature sensor TS Room temperature Page 382 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KR _ mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Diluent flow sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK DILUENT FLOW SENSOR box Press test When test is finished signal Down and signal Up must be green Separator check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK SEPARATOR SENSOR box Separator sensor lt 200 600 gt 700 6 Exchange Waste cassette assembly Be careful as there may be blood in the cassette First make up some disinfectant and put this in the liquid separator Press PRIME DISINFECTANT to pump disinfectant through the pump cassette Clean Waste Cassette The waste system must be cleaned before replacing the waste pump cassett
84. 1 De ionised water 29 Page 391 mechatronics Index De ionized water 181 Fill nozzle not at fill position 190 Diluent 28 Fill nozzle not at home position 191 Diluent flow check 96 Fill procedure 144 Diluent flow sensor 79 Fill station 42 Diluter 176 Fill stop sensor 79 Diluter errors 178 Fill time out error 187 Diluter settings 86 95 178 Fill nozzle O ring replacement 166 Diluter start 79 First set up 142 Diluter system not sufficiently primed 176 Flow sensor 79 Dilution adjustment 60 till 140 95 Flow test absolute 91 Dilution error detection 0 till 25 95 Flow test Fill sensor air 92 Dilution principle 15 Flow test Fill sensor glass 93 Disinfectant 29 181 Flow test flow 91 Display error history 72 81 114 Flow test leakage 92 Display maintenance history 72 82 113 Flow test potentiometer mean 90 Display patient results 46 48 49 Flow test start 93 Display pipette data 46 47 Flushing liquids 181 Display rack history 43 46 51 Foam in column 53 183 Display rack status 46 51 52 Folder Structure on PC 172 Display reagent history 69 70 G Display Sample history 46 48 61 Display sample history QC 61 General Barcode screen100 101 103 105 Document history overview 3 General laboratory practices 36 E GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 25 General settings 32 40 42 86 E C Declaration InteRRliner 38 GETTING STARTED 141 EDTA mode 389 H EDTA settings 33 Elevator 191 219 Hazy 389 Elevator screen 100 101 103 105 Hazy reports 186
85. 1 2012 07 19 5 03 02 2012 ESSE j 03 02 2012 02 01 2012 08 19 5 03 02 2012 S 03 02 2012 _ Sit Si S 5 SES S 5 EE Site eo TSGF5 Stot 5 5 TSGi 5 Sta SG FS S 5 SCS SCH 5 5 S S Ste 00 9 0 o u 8 5 Ia E its IS IK 18 D JE LEU Uncorrected OC result is c IL E117 Uncorrected QC result is Iglslessglslelsieigilglgisisls RIB a E117 Uncorrected QC result is E Stat Sta ae RIS ojoj siloj o ows SEI wlo l ojololuix ajawa EJ ES EI 1 E117 Uncorrected ac res isc Display Results table Results are shown in table as default QC sample ID Read from the barcode The original StaRRsed Control barcode batch number Linked lab ID The Lab ID is given if it is linked to the StaRRsed Control sample ID Sampling date The date and time when the QC sample was aspirated Expiry date If the StaRRsed Control expiry date is exceeded it is not possible to continue with this QC sample The sample is not measured but the failed attempt is logged in the table Page 54 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program Expected ESR This is the temperature corrected mean value incorporated in the StaRRsed barcode and the accepted range of deviation The applicable values for the acceptable range depend on the user settin
86. 2 unidirectional 2 254 255 Data 253 characters Position Data field of Bytes Format Comment 1 Start of text 1 STX 2 Text distinction code 8 ESRRE Left aligned followed by spaces 10 Instrument ID 20 text If applicable 30 Sample ID 40 text 70 Reserved spaces 15 text 85 Aspiration date 10 ddmmyyyy Text format E g 01012010 January 1 2010 95 Aspiration time 5 hhmm Text format E g 0001 0 01 24 hour clock 100 E S R 30 minutes mm h 5 XXXXX 105 E S R in mm 60 minute mm h 5 XXXXX 110 E S R 60 minutes temperature corrected mm h 5 XXXXX 115 E S R 120 minutes mm h 5 XXXXX If applicable 120 Reserved spaces 10 text 130 Sample code 5 XXXXX See section Sample codes 135 Aspect code 5 XXXXX See section Aspect codes 140 Manually added code 5 XXXXX InteRRlinerV8Usermanual EEE Page 295 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 mechatronics 145 Pipette number 5 XXXXX 150 Sedimentation time minutes 5 XXXXX 155 Temperature 5 XXXXX 160 Dilution rate 5 XXXXX 165 Column height mm 5 XXXXX 170 Error code 5 XXXXX See section ESR error codes 175 Limit error message results 30 text See section Limit error message on page 156 205 Reserved spaces 50 text 255 Checksum 1 CS See section Checksum calculation 256 End of text 1 ETX Tota
87. 2C operation There was a communication error between the Driver board and the main processor during an 12C operation Appendix for InteRRliner V8 No power on the Indexer board I2C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Elevator board DC cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on one of the boards I2C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on one of the boards 12C cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the drive board I2C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series Page 241 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E170 DC communication error between Compact PC and Drive board E171 12C communication error between Compact PC and Elevator board E181 Barcode rotator up down motor timeout E183 Indexer motor timeout E184 Indexer error barcode rotator not in up position Page 242 There was a communication error between the Drive board and the main processor during an IC operation There was a communication error between the Elevator board and the main processor during an 12C operation Drive unit did not respond
88. 3 RD RXD Input Receive Data a k a RxD Rx Arriving data from DCE Outp Data Terminal Ready Raised by DTE when powered on In auto p om o saen aRar r e s aso en DSR input Data Set Ready Raised by DCE to indieate ready 7 RS RTS Outp Request To Send Raised by DTE when it wishes to send ut Expects CTS from DCE 8 CS CTS Clear To Send Raised by DCE in response to RTS from DTE Input Ring Indicator Set when incoming ring detected used for auto answer application DTE raised DTR to answer Female side Male side Pin no Pin no 2 2 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 269 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Page 270 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R 4 mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix PC connections for InteRRliner V8 At the back side of the computer the following connections must be made VGA monitor cable comes from the monitor USB cable comes from the touch screen USB cable connected to the keyboard assembly Compact serial cable comes from the Interface RS232 to IIC Power cable comes from the power supply The switch cable comes from keyboard assembly When the printer is used connect the printer cable onto the 25 pin printer port connector The host serial cable is connected to the host serial connection InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 271 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN e mechatronics
89. 4 4 Data management The Start pool of the InteRRliner is equipped with a serial port which can be connected to any laboratory host computer system or PC 14 4 1 Output protocols The data is transmitted in one of the Sysmex protocol The InteRRliner is equipment to transmit the Sysmex protocol type SE9000 R3500 and Tdlims protocol The protocols can be changed in Menu M4 3 of the Start Pool of the InteRRliner Transmission protocol SE9000 is the factory default setting For detailed information on the protocol see Appendix Protocol Sysmex SE9000 on page 321 Protocol Sysmex R 3500 on page 311 and Protocol TDLIMS on page 330 14 4 2 Specifications for the RS232 port of the Start Pool Baud rate can be set from 1200 to 9600 baud The default factory transmission settings are 9600 8 bit data 1 stop bit and no parity The settings on the serial port can be changed via the keyboard of the Start Pool in Menu M4 M2 1 General on page 123 of the InteRRliner 14 4 3 Folder Structure on PC Patient result files including measured raw data are stored on the D drive as default setting It is possible to change this location The underlying folder structure is created by the software and each result can be found in subfolders Year Month Day for example D 2014 01 03 01 2014 Each result is stored with the sample ID as document name QC results are stored on D QC NORMAL batchXxXX and D QC ABNORMAL batchYYY Page 172 InteRRline
90. 56784 Telepen ASCII Telepen numeric wer 128 Code C inn 128 Figure 1 Barcode labels examples Page 262 376221 357463 R mechatronics UPC A D EAN 13 ISBN HIH 80123 45678 0123456789 a EAN 13 ADDON 5 12345 Code 39 Code 39 FULL ASCII III lt Code ap gt italian Pharmaceutical II d V2G2D9 9085577085 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Default settings InteRRliner V8 SETTINGS gt GENERAL SETTINGS Software Factory Setting Default Setting 30 min Method Off Off General settings Display dilution Off Off EDTA mode Display graph Sample probe protection Temp correction Fast filling Virtual keyboard Print after measurement Temperature ESR sedimentation time Sample probe depth Pipette wash time Pipette dry time InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 263 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 SETTINGS gt LIMIT ERROR SETTINGS General settings Software Factory Setting Client Settings Default Setting Send results when time N o exceeded Send results with dilution errors Send results with column heig
91. 7 156 291 293 296 298 Limit filter settings 33 126 Menu M2 M0 2 Settings 121 122 123 Menu M20 M4 4 Baud rate 123 126 2 Select language123 125 4 General Software V4 xx 123 139 Menu M28 M8 3 Rack transport XO configuration 125 133 Menu M29 M8 4 Ejector motor XO configuration 125 134 Menu M3 MO 3 Test Tools 121 122 Menu M4 M2 1 General software V 4 xx 122 123 124 125 126 138 172 Menu M21 M4 Menu M26 M4 nee Menu M5 M2 2 Motors122 123 124 125 Techs T Menu M6 M2 3 Reset Unit 122 124 M M7 M5 1 Start Pool 123 124 127 Linked QC ID s 46 54 62 149 a 106 CH SE Een Liquid level sensor not sensing 175 Menu M8 M5 2 XO configuration 125 Liquid levels 142 Menu M8 M5 2 End Pool123 124 131 132 M Menu M9 M5 3 Conveyer belt123 125 135 Main power connections 31 a IPO l Monitoring measurement quality with MAINTENARGE 161 StaRRsed Control 147 Maintenance info 72 83 MRN 389 Maintenance info overview 84 MSDS 389 Maintenance Schedule example 161 Maintenance screen 40 42 72 N Manual control 110 Navigation through the menus 120 Measure sensor 80 Needle control 111 Measure Stanan 42 New reagent input 71 Medical requirements 36 New reagent input cont 71 Menu MO Main menu 121 122 Note for menu M22 138 Menu M1 MO0 1 analyser info 121 Note for menu M27 123 139 Menu M10 M7 1 Pool in motor EEN Note for menus M23 till M25 126 139 2 N f e M10 th hM18 138 Menu M11 M
92. AINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK MEASURE SENSOR box Measure sensor MS 40 50 60 Temperature sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR box Temperature sensor TS Room temperature Diluent flow sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK DILUENT FLOW SENSOR box Press test When test is finished signal Down and signal Up must be green Separator check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK SEPARATOR SENSOR box Separator sensor lt 200 600 gt 700 Page 362 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 R mechatronics Work instruction Number 1215 Page 1 of 6 Purpose Maintenance level 4 Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact InteRRliner V8 Revision 001 March 2014 1 Clean Fill nozzle and exchange O ring Fill Nozzle Disassemble the fill nozzle Disassemble fill nozzle holder 1 Turn the holder to the right 1 Turn the holder to the right 2 The fill nozzle can now be removed 2 The holder can now be removed 3 Disconnect the silicon tube from the fill nozzle The use of a toothbrush and detergent is recommended 1 Carefully scrub the fill nozzle inner part 2 Use a tissue to dry the fill nozzle Replace O ring Remove the O ring QWLV050004 Install new O ring QWLV050004 InteRRliner V8 User manual P
93. Bubbies on top ESR E117 Uncorrected QC result is 11 Bubbles on top ESR ji 117 Uncorrected QC resut is d tlt Bubbles on top ESR lI 117 Uncorrected QC result is H 1H Bubbles on top ESR mechatronics Display Results table O Statistics graph Batch goaa a Show patient resuks After scrolling the general data from the QC results are shown 6 3 5 3 QC normal results graph OC Statistics and Results QC NORMAL Statistics amp Results QC results mm Cakulated mean mm Ee Expected ESR mm 350 1 7 i o2jo1j2012 07 01 2012 10 01 2012 13 01 2012 16 01 2012 19 01 2012 22 01 2012 25 01 2012 28 01 2012 31 01 2012 e Date Calculated mean mm Standard deviation mm Coefficient of variation Number of OC results Display EI Results table statistics graph Batch QCIE43NSOS A 5 9SE42N505 Page 56 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics SEENEN InteRRliner V8 program Display Statistics graph All QC results from the chosen StaRRsed Control batch are shown in a Levey Jennings chart Shown in the graph e QC results red values of measurements per date e Calculated mean yellow mean value of all QC results of the specific batch e Expected ESR green Assay mean value of chosen StaRRsed Control Shown as value e Calculated mean mean value of all QC results of the specific batch e Standard deviation
94. CC EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE MMMMMMMMMM cr 1f eot stx 80 data characters cr lf eot Checksum OFF 30 min stx 80 data characters cr lf etx cs eot Checksum ON 30 min Data consists if 30 min output is switched to ON Poston Deserption Format CS Patient identification text PPPPPPPPPP Page 276 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E S R in mm calculated to 60 xxx www minutes ER temp Manually added code 32 z bis Temperature in degree Default C EDTA message MMMMMMMMMM w Text left aligned followed by spaces ASCII 20 nx number made up of xx digits 0 9 ASCIII 30 39 with leading zeros Leading zeros and non specified positions are filled with spaces ASCII 20 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 277 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix String format for StaRRsed V14 ESR string format for StaRRsed 60 minutes format stx PPPPPPPPPP www WWW AAAAAAAAmm ppp TTT CC EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE MMMMMMMMMM cr 1f eot stx 80 data characters cr lf eot Checksum OFF 60 min 80 data characters etx cs eot Checksum ON 60 min Postion pense E S R in mm 60 min corrected for temp EE st s2 anny esses e fm a o
95. CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK MEASURE SENSOR box Measure sensor MS 40 50 60 Temperature sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR box Temperature sensor TS Room temperature Diluent flow sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK DILUENT FLOW SENSOR box Press test When test is finished signal Down and signal Up must be green Separator check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK SEPARATOR SENSOR box Separator sensor lt 200 600 gt 700 6 Exchange Waste cassette assembly Be careful as there may be blood in the cassette First make up some disinfectant and put this in the liquid separator Press PRIME DISINFECTANT to pump disinfectant through the pump cassette InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 373 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Clean Waste Cassette The waste system must be cleaned before replacing the waste pump cassette 1 Open the left cover and remove the waste container The liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Remove bacterial HEPA filter 5 Fill waste separator with 100ml disinfectant or 100 ml water with 2 bleach 6 Replace bacterial HEPA filter 7 Lift left cover 8 Lift stainless steel vacu
96. Data bits Selectable 7 or 8 data bits Party bit Selectable none space mark even and odd Stop bits Selectable 1 1 5 or 2 stop bits Flow control Selectable for e None e XON XOFF e RTS CTS e DTR DSR e XON XOFF A RTS CTS e XON XOFF amp DTR DSR D o e w e Page 106 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program When the selection button is pressed the virtual keyboard pops up Type the correct numbers into the numerical fields for instance in the baud rate field 9600 Use TCP IP Select IP Adress and TCP Port 6 7 2 2 Set protocol settings The following protocols can be selected for out putting data No Serial output MECHATRONICS 01 Bidirectional MECHATRONICS 02 Unidirectional SE 9000 SE 9000 Unidirectional R3500 R3500 unidirectional Compact unidirectional When selected the following keys will pop up e Checksum On Off e 30 Minute method On Off e Ack Nack On Off 9 Compact Bidirectional When selected the following keys will pop up e Checksum On Off e 30 Minute method On Off 10 StaRRsed Ill v14 When selected the following keys will pop up e Checksum On Off e 30 Minute method On Off e Ack Nack On Off 11 Vesmatic 12 Sedimatic 15 13 Sedimatic 100 14 OPUS When selected the following keys will pop up e Checksum On Off e 30 Minute method On Off 15 Advia 120 16 Advia 120 unidirectional 17 InteRRl
97. Disassemble the fill nozzle Assemble fill nozzle 1 Turn the holder to the right 1 Connect the silicon tube to the 2 The fill nozzle can now be fill nozzle removed 2 Put the fill nozzle into the 3 Disconnect the silicon tube holder from the fill nozzle 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards EE E E and turn the holder to the left detergent is recommended 1 Carefully scrub the fill nozzle inner part 2 Use a tissue to dry the fill nozzle InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 351 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 RR mechatronics Work instruction Number 203 Page 1 of 2 Purpose Replace the fill nozzle O ring Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 February 2013 Assemble fill nozzle 1 Connect the silicon tube to the fill nozzle 2 Put the fill nozzle into the holder 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards and turn the holder to the left The use of a toothbrush and detergent is recommended 1 Carefully scrub the fill nozzle inner part 2 Use a tissue to dry the fill nozzle Disassemble fill nozzle holder 1 Turn the holder to the right 2 The holder can now be removed Page 352 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN E mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Replace O ring Remove the O ring QWLV050004 Install new O ring QWLV050004 Assembly holder Push the head down 1 Tur
98. Disinfectant To disinfect the Compact waste Select from MAINTENANCE gt PRIME CLEAN gt PRIME DISINFECTANT the vacuum pump should operate and liquid must be seen flowing through the thin tube connected to the side of the wash station After each wash cycle approximately 0 5 ml of disinfectant will be flushed through the wash station If no disinfectant flows 1 Unscrew the cap of the disinfectant container to check 2 One of the disinfectant lines may be blocked or kinked InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 181 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 6 Tube adapter As soon as the barcode is accepted or the ID number keyed in manually the tube adapter closes 15 6 1 Tube adapter does not close Check for mechanical obstructions 1 The sample tube size must be within the span of the sample tube adapter e Only qualified service engineers may change the sample tube adapter span 2 Electronic failure fatal error technical assistance is needed 3 Mechanical failure fatal error technical assistance is needed 15 6 2 Sample probe fails to go down Under normal circumstances the sample probe goes down If sample probe fails to go down check the following e Sample probe depth wrong Check the correct sample depth SETTINGS GENERAL SETTINGS SAMPLE PROBE DEPTH e Ifthe sample probe has being set too deep it will touch the bottom of the sample tube The sample probe then pushes the
99. E CHECK SENSORS if vacuum is available e Check in screen MAINTENANCE CHECK SENSORS the value of flow sensor e Fatal error call distributor 5 Position error Page 232 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics 6 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 e E18 is the error code for Carousel position error InteRRliner V8 was not able to position the carousel There was a difference found in the pipette memory position table and the actual measured position of the position sensor Up or Down sensor error Compact was not able to detect the position of the fill nozzle on the sensors e Up sensor failure the fill nozzle is not at the fill position e Down sensor failure the fill nozzle is not at the home position e Check for mechanical obstruction around the fill nozzle e Fatal error call distributor Rinse head up error The Rinse head down sensor was not triggered during the movement time of the carousel e Check the gap between the top of the rinse nozzle and the bottom of the pipette Should be 1 5 to 2mm e Check if the sensor is correct or re adjust the sensor e Fatal error call distributor Measure head not home error Measure head is not at the home position e Check the home sensor e Measure motor is faulty Separator full error It takes too long for the waste pump to empty the liquid separator e Check separator assembly on air leaks e Replace waste tubes e Exchange waste pu
100. EST TOOLS The submenus are listed by a menu number See overview in section Menu structure The legend is Line data or information in display Item is toggle function or input data Bold text is a default setting ESC is the key function Page 120 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 2 Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx The menus described in this chapter are applicable for an InteRRliner equipped with a XN or XO output unit 7 3 Menu MO Main menu Menu MO Main menu 1 Analyser Info See menu M7 on page 121 shows information for administrative purposes 2 Settings See menu M2 on page 122 Functions to control the operating parameters of the system 3 Test tools See menu M3 on page 122 Functions to check communication with LAB COMM and status 7 4 Menu M1 M0 1 analyser info Menu M1 MO on page 121 1 Analyser Info 1 Analyser ID Analyser ID number 2 Analyser type Analyser configuration 3 Total of samples The total amount of racks processed by the InteRRliner InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 121 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 5 Menu M2 MO 2 Settings Menu M2 MO on page 121 2 Settings 1 General 2 Motors 3 Reset unit 4 Save settings 7 6 Menu M3 MO 3 Test Tools mechatronics Holds functions that control overall behaviour of the transport system
101. ETag 10 Dec 08 13 24 53 if TEDTAIIO Hi Bubbies on top ESR 10 Dec 08 13 06 02 E if Prag 09 Dec 08 12 10 37 i if EDTAIIO i Bubbies on top ESR 09312402 09 Dec 08 14 22 29 2 jii ETag HiBubbies ontopESR 36309802 09 0ec0s 16 28 42 3 la ERN e KE ET 09 0ec08 12 06 52 iT EDYAIIO 09 Dec 0816 11 30 i ETag Os Decoa 16 0145 IS TT TEOTAN 42761302 09 Dec 08 17 30 09 2 if Eat f 08300402 08 Dec 03 13 48 45 i EA Too many borders found 05200802 05 Dec 06 10 35 05 2 E I tan 33809402 0S Dec 08 12 49 32 Prag 03310602 03 Dec 08 11 46 17 EOTA110 o16ass02 02 Dec 09 08 21 42 Etat 33400002 O2 Dec 08 13 02 20 EDTAIIO 01315802 Ot Dec 08 12 07 46 ETag oeren Dec 14 23 19 BDTALLO CEEA Pile A 121 WA DEENS DILUTION ERROR The dilution error detection is a user setting and can be changed in SETTINGS dilution error detection to 0 25 In this example the dilution error detection is set to 10 and limit errors set to YES By selecting Dilution gt 110 all the samples with a dilution rate gt 110 are displayed in the table By selecting Dilution lt 90 all the samples with a dilution rate lt 90 are displayed in the table In the header of the table the names of the columns are shown Double click the header of any column to sort the table by this column in ascending order Page 64 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1
102. Ejector motor Exit Pool 1 Time out 2 Speed 3 4 Test motor Timeout time 2 Time 5 second 3 4 F2 up F3 J down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 255 3 4 l F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor ON OFF In0 2 l Motor current Int 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC Ind Motor home In1 Motor limit In2 Page 134 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 26 Menu M16 M9 1 Switch in motor Conveyer belt Menu M16 M9 on page 125 1 Switch in motor 1 Time out 2 Speed 3 4 Test motor Timeout time 1 2 Time 20 0 1 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 210 3 4 F2 up F3 J down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor ON OFF Ind 2 l Motor current Int l 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC Ind Home In1 Catch position In2 In position InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 135 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 27 Menu M17 M9 2 Switch out motor Conveyer belt Menu M17 M9 on page 125 2 Switch out motor Conveyer belt 1 Time out 2 Speed 3 4 Test motor Timeout time 1 2 Time 20 01 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 240 3 4 F2 up F3 J down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor ON OFF Ind 2 l Motor current Int l 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC
103. End of day wash The function is not active e Immediately The function runs immediately after pressing the button OK e Only once The function runs only once at the selected time e Weekdays The function runs only on working days monday till friday at the selected time e Daily The function runs on a daily base at the selected time InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 85 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 General settings Sample fay story Reagents we Maintenance Settings Service d d i General settings GBD ep med on GD tep correction B display diution OFF CL Se Fast fing QD mame on GD wrest keyboard GEI freie geg op EI Prit after measurement Ir printers oniy 1 Sample probe ON Check for duplicate ID s SN zone a d Temperature C 2 Pipette wash time sec 30 ESR sedimentation time min BJs Pipette dry time sec Ze Sample probe depth mm o This screen has five sub screens General settings on page 86 Carousel control on page 89 Diluter settings on page 95 Limit error settings on page 97 5 QC Settings on page 98 Poh gt Selections are made by an ON OFF switch in the screen and by numerical inputs If virtual keyboard is switched ON a virtual keyboard pops up for input the data When Virtual keyboard is switched OFF the arrow keys must be used for input of data When ready with press SAVE SETTINGS before you
104. Error Extremely high ESR value InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Page 317 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 3 Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range e ESR Time e Column height e Dilution e Bubbles on top e Hazy aspect e Temperature Page 318 mechatronics InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Protocol Sysmex R 3500 EPU R 3500 sample data record format 202 bytes This is a modified data record coming from a R 3500 D D 3 Q D geb D bh CO e a ON e 3 D r N oS N Le ES D H Parameter Text distinction code ch Text distinction code H SR AH 05092014 Format ddmmyyyy 084626 Format hhmmss 001234 Rack number 1234 05 Tube position in rack 5 Sample distinction code Measuremen
105. L SETTINGS and select DISPLAY DILUTION ON Page 386 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Rs mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 208 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Sample probe or outer needle replacement Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact InteRRliner V8 Revision Draft October 2008 Remove cover Compact InteRRIi ner 1 Lift the robotic protection cover Needle exchange Poh Unscrew sample probe manually E Mark each tube for easier reconnecting to the correct nipple Disconnect the tubes from the outer needle Pull the sample probe complete with outer needle towards the front edge of the Compact The outer needle must be supported to protect it from falling Slide the new sample probe i Make sure the Sample probe ONO will crack or strip the threadin 9 Replace the correct tubes on Replace cover Compact InteRRli nto the new outer needle has a new O ring QWLV050003 g inside the block the outer needle ner 1 Shut down the robotic protection cover QWLV050003 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN sol J i ESRIO50909 l 5 Install new sample probe ESRI050909 together with the new outer needle ESRI050901 Tighten the sample probe Do not over tighten the sample probe in the T piece Y piece or it Page 387 mechatronics Work instruction InteR
106. M26 M4 4 General Software V4 xx Menu M26 M4 on page 123 4 General 1 Baud rate 2 XO on off 3 Front ret on off 4 7 9 Menu M5 M2 2 Motors Menu M5 M2 on page 123 2 Motors 1 Start Pool 2 End Pool 3 Conveyer belt 4 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Select the port settings used in communication with Lab Comm See Menu M20 on page 126 Select the communications off on to external belt transport system only see Menu M27 on page 139 Select the communications off on to Front Return Line only see Menu M30 Submenus to control all the motors for Start Pool See Menu M7 on page 124 Submenus to control all the motors for the End Pool See Menu M8 on page 124 Submenus to control all the motors for the conveyer belt See Menu M9 on page 125 Page 123 Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up mechatronics 7 10 Menu M6 M2 3 Reset Unit Menu M6 M2 on page 123 3 Reset unit 2 3 4 7 11 Menu M7 M5 1 Start Pool Menu M7 M5 on page 123 1 Start Pool 2 4 7 12 Menu M8 M5 2 End Pool Start Pool End Pool Conveyor belt Lab Comm Pool in motor Slider motor Rack transport motor Ejector motor See also the error handling Reset the Start Pool Reset the End Pool Reset the Conveyor Reset the Lab communication Settings for the belt drive motor that feeds the rack into the Start Pool See Menu M10 on page 127
107. MRN 121 EN Glossary of Terms 19 1 1 1 4 ESR ESR is short for Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate It is the amount of sedimentation setting of erythrocytes red blood cells ina blood column during a specified time H 19 1 1 1 5 Hazy A sedimentation is reported to be hazy when the boundary between blood plasma and erythrocytes can not be defined clearly 19 1 1 1 6 Host In this manual the term HOST is used to indicate the computer system and associated software LIMS that provides the sample management for the laboratory I 19 1 1 1 7 IVD IVD is short for In Vitro Diagnostic This kind of diagnostic is performed on biological samples in a test tube or more generally in a controlled environment outside a living organism n vitro means in glass in Latin M 19 1 1 1 8 MRN MRN is short for Master Registration Number It is used as an identification number for any manual for Mechatronics products 19 1 1 1 9 MSDS MSDS is short for Material Safety Data Sheet In this type of MSDS all kind of important data can be found on reagents T 19 1 1 1 10 Temperature correction The sedimentation of blood cells is a temperature dependent process To achieve comparable results temperature correction should always be used The ESR results are then corrected to the value they would have been at the standard temperature of 18 3 Page 389 Glossary of Terms U 19 1 1 1 11 Unidirectional Unidirectional co
108. MRN 121 EN Maintenance Ri mechatronics 2 Remove the container screw caps and pull the necks of the bottle packs out of the cardboard box 3 Install the level sensors and spacers according the following pictures Make sure to place the appropriate level sensors in the containers by matching the color codes on the tube and on the container The sensors and the reagents have the following numbers and color codes Connector Reagent number Color code RINSE SOLUTION Number 34 Green SALINE Number 35 Yellow DILUENT Number 36 Grey DE IONIZED WATER Number 37 Blue DISINFECTANT Number 38 White NOTE Wrongly placed pickup tubes may cause incorrect results or instrument malfunction After each reagents change the fluid system must be primed 1 Select MAINTENANCE gt PRIME CLEAN on page 73 2 Perform the applicable prime step to fill the relevant tubes with reagent and remove air Page 170 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Data safety management 14 DATA SAFETY MANAGEMENT The InteRRliner V8 has its own external PC This means that all collected data is stored on the hard disk of the external computer This means that all raw data and results are kept irrespective of a power failure or if the instrument is un intentionally turned off After the start up procedure the software checks whether there are any ESR s still outstanding If so these wil
109. MS SEND QC RESULT TO LIMS e ON QC results are send to the LIMS as a standard ESR result If the QC sample is linked with a Lab ID the result will be send to LIMS with the Lab ID If the QC sample is used with the original StaRRsed Control sample ID the result will be send to LIMS with the StaRRsed Control sample ID Note When the MECHATRONICS 01 or MECHATRONICS 02 protocols are used the Sample code or Sample type flag is set accordingly to mark the QC samples e OFF Default setting Results will not be send to LIMS data is only available on the InteRRliner V8 AUTOMATICALLY REMOVE LINKED QC ID AFTER RESULT e ON Default setting The link between StaRRsed Control Sample ID and Lab ID will be deleted after a useable result has been reported for this particular lab ID For each QC sample a new link must be created This link will stay active if there is no result or a general ESR error is generated This setting is useful when the lab issues a new and unique Lab ID for every QC sample e OFF The link will be available until its deleted manually This could be useful when using a general Lab ID for QC monitoring Only in case of a new batch of StaRRsed Control a new link has to be created When ready press SAVE SETTINGS before you continue InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 99 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 Service screen e LOAD SETTINGS is used for reloading the stored
110. Month 2 Year 2 Rackno 4 a Tube position no 2 me Sequence no 5 00000 ID intormation J if d Sample ID number 13 Instrument ID number 9 Analysis information 1 d Analysis information InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Page 315 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 n a not applicable R 3500 Sample data flag record format 131 bytes Parameter TERN Comment Textdistinctoncodel 1 YY Text distinction codel 1 J NM Sample distinction code 1 f mm O fyer O Page 316 mechatronics InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Tube position no Tube position in rack 5 ID information Barcode from barcode label Sample ID number on Patient number Compact HAZY code messages The code appears in the sample data record at variable RBC This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined 0 Sample is clear Sample is Hazy lt 10 1 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings Compact ERROR code messages This code appears in the sample data record at variable HGB The following 7 codes are defined O No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette 2 ESR Probably gt 140 mm
111. N Work instruction InteRRliner V8 R _ mechatronics Prepare disinfectant if not already prepared Add 10 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite to 190 ml de ionized water 5 solution This disinfectant is for cleaning of all external parts that are exposed to blood Air filter replacement ESRI QWLV0400003 1 Go to tab MAINTENANCE and perform the End of day wash procedure when Fill amp Clean is used End of day wash is not required Check system for leakage e Inspect the peristaltic pump tubes and connections for leaks e Check that liquid does not run back into the supply bottles after the pumps have stopped Clean and inspect the sample needle e Inspect sample needle condition If necessary replace the sample probe or outer needle See Work Instruction Sample probe or outer needle replacement e Clean the outer needle with disinfectant Check tubing from the syringe for trapped air bubbles Check Diluent syringe for trapped air bubbles If trapped air bubbles are found go to tab MAINTENANCE click button PRIME CLEAN ON PAGE 73 and perform the PRIME DILUENT function Wipe outer surface and stainless steel plate below the pipettes with disinfectant Exchange air filter Pull both tube connectors out of the blue filter 2 Place new blue filter 3 Reconnect the tube connectors on the filter Page 376 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics mechatronic
112. NS Jo yaq sahenu0D E aajoe nuaw Buyesedg 13S HY jood pug z uonouny uoqy od ue yeGNNSN e wee jasay 4 npe NW ld Page 117 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up HUN JOJO SWOY IQON ysnd Oo Wu 20101 SWOY JOJO IIN O0d ul S YORY SAUE YORY oe Hoiugez wy Juano JOJOW 7 YO UO 000 Oe josuo z4 BTE uano JOJOU 7 yo uo JOON OS yo uo Z74 NIE Juano JOJOW O UO J00 oe jo uo z4 wy Jua und JOJOW YO UO 1030W jug 2S3 UMOp 4 dn Z4 100 OZ SWIL 383 umop 4 dn Z4 ggz paads Oe umOop e4 dn z4 GSz paeds 3S3 UMOP 4 dn z4 ozz peads 2S3 UMOpP 4 dn z4 Ovz paads uy Oe UMOp 4dNn Z4 SLO OG OWL 283 umop e4 dn z4 SSLO OSE OWL 3S3 umop e4 dn z4 SLO OF OWL Oe UMOP 4 dn z4 SLO 08 OWwlL JO OW S L y Dead Sun noa JOJOW eat SUD DOLL L JOJOW eat Sun Ae paads Zz Sum now uonesnByuoo OX 8 6z 1030W 100 9 y 8z Hodsuey vogue SLW sojow Jong t LIN 1040W UO L 40 E GLIN sojyow Jop t LIN 100w Vr oel L ILL 40O woy OO ysnd 00d HU JOJO AWOY IQON HIN 00d Aydwa joog sod JOON jood ul MOES YOR M N oe yo uo z4 BTE juana 4O OW 7 Uoiu0 JO oe Hoiug z Lu Juana JOJO 1 yosuo 200 oe yo uo z4 BTE juana 40 OW Yo uo Joo Oe jo uo z4
113. OFF automatically Remaining filled pipettes are processed in the normal manner Messages when the general setting Temperature Correction is switched OFF The software always calculates a temperature corrected result because only temperature corrected results can be compared with the Assay mean value e E116 QC is out of acceptable range The uncorrected and the corrected result are out of range e E117 Uncorrected QC result is out of acceptable range but corrected result is within range The uncorrected result is out of range but the corrected result is within range e E118 Uncorrected QC result is within acceptable range but corrected result is out of range The uncorrected result is within range but the corrected result is out of range See Quality control trouble shooting on page 194 and QC Results screen on page 54 for more details Page 150 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Quality control 10 2 6 2 QC Result analysis Authorized staff should identify and differentiate acceptable unacceptable random errors and trends and or shifts in systematic errors from the statistical data Depending on the users Quality Control Procedures analytical results could be accepted or rejected Changes in QC results can be gradual or abrupt Gradual changes can be caused by contamination and incidental environmental variations Abrupt changes can be caused by change of QC material batch or
114. Page 76 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program e Check Flow sensor Click the Check button The green light is shown if the sensor value is in range e Check Measure sensor Click the Check button The green light is shown if the sensor value is in range Press the button MEASURE The pipette currently at the measure position will be measured The results are displayed in graphical form Measure head start position correct ee RRE 40 60 60 100 120 140 160 180 200 Measure head start position wrong 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 NOTE Clean sensors first before executing this function NOTE When a test pipette is installed at the measuring position the result of the test pipette is displayed in the field ESR mm Note When the sensor is out of range and the light is red the sensor values on page 78 can be checked by turning on the service mode InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 77 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 2 1 Check sensors in service mode When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE All functions to check the status of the sensors are grouped under button CHECK SENSORS on page 76 Page 78 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 2 2 Fill stop sensor e Check Fill stop sensor
115. Page 81 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program SSES 6 5 4 Display maintenance history Lech 1 o Sample iff History k Reagents s Maintenance Settings Service 11 Oct 11 08 58 55 Fyll amp Rensa avdutati 11 Oct 11 08 58 54 Fyi amp Rensa genomf rt 10 Oct 11 09 43 53 Measure sensor checked 07 Oct 11 07 41 40 Level 1 maintenance carried ot 05 Oct 11 10 32 14 Measure sensor checked 05 Oct 11 09 12 20 Measure sensor checked 03 Oct 11 08 19 15 When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE All performed maintenance functions are logged automatically This log can be saved e g to a memory stick by clicking button Save As Page 82 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RX mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 5 Maintenance info When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE This screen is divided in 6 maintenance level sections For maintenance levels 1 to 4 the status is monitored and flagged if it is overdue Press the button Info to open the work instruction for a specific maintenance level When this maintenance is done press the button Done to log the completed work in the maintenance log file InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 83 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN E mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 5 1 Maintenance info overview When there is a s
116. Pool in did not reach the Rack in sensor within a certain time limit mechatronics Switching off the Compact could cause this error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are 12C errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s H there are I2C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner 12C cable s Check Start pool for misplaced rack s Check Rack Home sensor little red switch Check Start pool cross sensor transmitter amp receiver Check Rack transport home sensor If this message comes up and the Start pool is not full check the Start pool Full sensor Check Slider unit Start pool Check Slider motor sensor InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics W5043 Start pool Feed belt timeout W5044 Start pool Eeprom chksum error W5045 Start pool Warning pool empty InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN A rack on the Start pool conveyer belt Pool in did not reach the Rack in sensor within a certain time limit After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default settings are loaded Check all settings see below error list The Rack Home switch Start pool was activated during a rack transportation but the Start pool cross sensor detected NO rack Trouble shoo
117. R 3500 on page 311 Sysmex R 3500 unidirectional on page 315 Sysmex R 35500 EPU on page 319 9 Compact bidirectional on page 301 10 Compact unidirectional String format for StaRRsed on page 276 11 StaRRsed IlI V14 on page 278 12 Vesmatic on page 287 13 Sedimatic 15 on page 285 14 Sedimatic 100 on page 281 15 Opus bidirectional on page 305 16 Advia 120 bidirectional 17 Advia 120 unidirectional 0 N D or e Se as The protocol can be set in tab SERVICE Serial output settings After selecting a protocol save the new settings by pressing the Save setting key 11 2 Result Printout The results of the ESR measurements are send to the printer The layout of the report depends on the selection of the 60 or 30 minute method 11 2 1 Report 60 Minute mode Colums 1 Patient number 2 Not corrected 30 minute ESR result only in use if 30 minute mode is active Page 152 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN GE mechatronics Reporting 3 Not corrected 60 minute ESR result 60 minute ESR result in millimeters corrected for 18 only in use if temperature correction is active Aspect clear hazy Manually entered code number Sedimentation pipette number number on the pipette belt Actual sedimentation time in minutes 9 Temperature in degrees Centigrade 10 Error message if the Analyser detects an error 11 EDTA mode gt A ONDA REPORT EXAMPLE
118. RRliner V8 User manual Page 167 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Maintenance Erroneous haziness looks more like haemolytic plasma than normal hazy plasma If there is an abnormal number of hazy aspects check the dispenser system carefully and clean it if there is any doubt Symptoms for a contaminated instrument 1 If more than 3 5 out of 20 measurements are reported HAZY 2 Poor meniscus may be reported 3 Incorrect results See also WI 178 Hazy problems on page 344 13 5 Level 3 maintenance Level 3 maintenance is level 4 maintenance adding the following extra s 1 Replace the pinch valve tube ESRIO10246 2 Replace the blue disk filter QWLV040003 3 Replace the Peristaltic waste pump cassette ESRI 090921 including the Blotting washer ESRI090920 Be careful as there may be blood in the cassette First make up some disinfectant and put this in the liquid separator Press PRIME DISINFECTANT to pump disinfectant through the pump cassette Symptoms for a bad or faulty waste pump cassette e Waste separator error e Taking too long before the separator empties Detailed instructions of this procedure can be found in the Work Instruction Level 3 maintenance on page 369 13 6 Level 2 maintenance Level 2 maintenance is level 3 maintenance and add the following extra s Replace the Teflon tip on the syringe of the diluter assembly From repair set QWLV030902 See Work Instruction WI 181 Dis an
119. Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program e This function reset the elevator to Home position 5 MIXER ASSEMBLY TEST e Switch ON and OFF the mixer motor 6 TUBE UNIT test e The FORWARD function send the tube unit to the front e The BACKWARD function send the tube unit to the back 7 SAMPLE UNIT test e The IN function move the sample arm from the home position into the needle assembly of the Compact e The OUT function move the sample arm from the needle assembly of the Compact to the Home position 8 Actual position shows the position of the Elevator e Step LEFT The Elevator will move in steps to the left e Step RIGHT The Elevator will move in steps to the right 6 7 1 2 Indexer screen v Sample ij History E Reagents Maintenance Settings m Service Page 104 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program This menu has all the functions related to the following items 1 General screen on page 101 2 Elevator screen on page 103 3 Indexer screen on page 104 The following INDEXER settings can be set 1 RACKIN position e Moves the Indexer to the rack in position e The rack IN position is set at 30700 no need to change the value 2 RACK TEST position e Moves the Indexer to the rack test position e The rack Test position has a default value this value can not be changed 3 Rack BARCODE position e Moves the Indexer to the bar
120. Rliner V8 Page 388 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics 19 GLOSSARY OF TERMS B 19 1 1 1 1 Bidirectional communication means that there is two way communication from the InteRRliner V8 to the HOST sample requests and results and from the HOST to the InteRRliner V8 confirmation or denial of sample requests C 19 1 1 1 2 Citrate mode is used for pre diluted samples collected in tubes with sodium citrate anticoagulant diluent The samples are not diluted on the InteRRIliner V8 during aspiration The concentration of sodium citrate within the diluent solution in the tube should be 3 2 This is not to be confused with the required dilution rate of blood and diluent For example in a citrate tube with a total draw volume of 1 6 ml 5 volumes the amount of pre filled diluent must be 0 32 ml 1 volume If this information is not provided by the tube manufacturer it should be checked by the customer E 19 1 1 1 3 EDTA mode EDTA mode is used for undiluted samples collected in tubes with EDTA anticoagulant The samples are automatically diluted on the InteRRliner V8 during aspiration The usual amount of EDTA in sample tubes is 1 8 mg per 1 ml blood 1 ml of blood weighs ca 1060 mg and the concentration of EDTA is therefore 0 17 and well within the requirements for the EDTA mode on this instrument Bidirectional Citrate mode InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38
121. SP XX SP SP AAAAAAAAAAAAA SP NNN SP cr 24 data characters Total length 25 characters 2 Data consists if 30 min method is switched to OFF 3 Pipette number 1 84 XX Patient identification text AAAAAAAAAAAAA The ESR value 60 minute method NNN If error is detected E and an error number see table for number translation sp EN z InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 287 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 If error is detected 1 E and an error number see table for number translation sp JEN Text left aligned followed by spaces ASCII 20 xX Number made up of xx digits 0 9 ASCII 30 39 Leading zeros and non specified positions are filled with spaces ASCII 20 i The following error codes are gem No cells plasma found ESR Probably gt 140 mm Too many borders found Note If the Compact is switch to the 30 min method the output string has the same format The Compact automatics apply the conversion table to the 60 minute method If temperature correction is switched on the ESR value will be the temperature corrected ESR value Page 288 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix Protocol MECHATRONICS 01 bidirectional MECHATRONICS _01 request workorder record Appendix for InteRRliner V8 STX Data 125 characters Position
122. SR Time e Column height e Dilution e Bubbles on top e Hazy aspect e Temperature InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 227 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix 30 minutes reporting Columns Patient number Not corrected 30 minute ESR result only in use if 30 minute mode is active Not corrected 60 minute ESR result 60 minute ESR result in millimeters corrected for 18 only in use if temperature correction is active Aspect clear hazy Manually entered code number Sedimentation pipette number number on the pipette belt Actual sedimentation time in minutes 9 Temperature in degrees Centigrade 10 Error message if the Analyser detects an error 11 EDTA mode AON SS N Ss gi REPORT EXAMPLE Not to scale StaRRsed Date 20 05 14 Time 15 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 915001 42 84 75 CLEAR 17 30 23 EDTA This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined 0 Sample is clear 1 Sample is Hazy lt 10 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings ESR ERROR and WARNING code messages This code appears in the sample data record at column 10 The following codes are defined Page 228 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for
123. SR analyzers power supply Switching the transport units OFF will not switch OFF the sample robot A central power distribution block to connect all units and auxiliary devices to is located at one of the rear support legs near the Entry pool This distribution block has a main switch and an indicator light showing the status ON or OFF Check if all the power cables from the Compact s and printer s are connected to the distribution block Note Do not switch the InteRRliner V8 OFF during normal operation 4 3 2 Power up sequence e Check the Start and End pools the conveyor belt and the robotic unit for unblocked passageways Racks may only be present on the pool s stainless steel storage areas e Start sequence e Switch ON the Compact e Switch ON the PC and the monitor e Wait until Windows is ready for use e Start the InteRRliner software e Observe the Robotic arm movement during the start up after finishing the reset sequence the Compact is ready for use e Switch ON the InteRRliner The system becomes operational when the lines HST Version X XX and Lab Comm On or OFF are shown in the display e H applicable switch ON the printer The printer prints the paper header automatically e InteRRliner is ready for use InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 31 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Installation 4 3 3 InteRRliner Ensure that racks which are placed by hand are correctly placed in the InteRRliner
124. SR no T ESRyes Reeves Compact HAZY code messages The code appears in the sample data record at variable RBC This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined 0 Sample is clear Sample is Hazy lt 10 1 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings Compact ERROR code messages This code appears in the sample data record at variable HGB The following 7 codes are defined 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 323 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 mechatronics ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely high ESR value Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range ESR Time Column height Dilution
125. SSS nener eee 149 10 2 6 1 QC Error messages seseuebuENEEEEERSSERENENEKEEEEEEESEEEREEENEEESERESEEEEREEEREEEEENEe 150 10 2 6 2 QC EE 151 Ts REPORTING E 152 Jh Protocols e e 152 tee WASSUP OU ssn ee eia e ael E 152 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 9 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Contents 11 2 1 Report 60 Minute mode 152 11 2 2 Report 30 Minute EIERE Eed 154 11 23 ESR EE 155 11 2 3 1 ESR Error and Warning code messages 155 NIE DN E IS Elie CN 156 11 2 5 Reporting range E 156 11 26 Aspect Hazy ciciccorccsaiduarcterenceraronnc eesiatiatenmasesia Ciakerdaretianieweneeiees 157 11 2 6 1 Analyser HAZY code messages ENEE 158 12 COMPACT SYSTEM MES esueeeeekEENEEEAAEEANEAESSEEENENEAEENAESENAEENEEEAEEEAEE ENEE 159 12 1 System messages EN 159 122 KM 160 12 3 HEES 160 KN ge 160 13 MAINTENANCE igoctecsccscicecnnee cau enn eae eeeaeae 161 13 1 Maintenance Schedule example cccceeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeennaeeeeeeeeeeneee 161 1327 eee ee ee oe ee eee er ee eee ee 161 13 2 1 Check or replace sample probe or outer needle snsssesssssrsrrrrrreessrrene 162 13 3 WEGRY rera E eia st eee 162 13 3 1 Check the sensors in service mode eee eeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeteeeeaaees 163 13 3 2 Cleaning liquid KEE 163 13 4 Level BE Ma 164 13 4 1 Rinse pump tube replacement Au 164 13 4 2 Saline pump tube replacement 165 13 4 3 Replace bacterial filters ensonnnnnnneeeeeeeeennerrrnees
126. START SENSOR box Diluter start sensor 400 700 Measure sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK MEASURE SENSOR box Measure sensor MS 40 50 60 Temperature sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR box Temperature sensor TS Room temperature InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 367 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Diluent flow sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK DILUENT FLOW SENSOR box Press test When test is finished signal Down and signal Up must be green Separator check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK SEPARATOR SENSOR box Separator sensor lt 200 600 gt 700 6 Final preparation Prepare disinfectant if not already prepared Add 10 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite to 190 ml de ionized water 5 solution This disinfectant is for cleaning of all external parts that are exposed to blood 1 Go to tab MAINTENANCE and perform the End of day wash procedure when Fill amp Clean is used End of day wash is not required 2 Check system for leakage e Inspect the peristaltic pump tubes and connections for leaks e Check that liquid does not run back into the supply bottles after the pumps have stopped 3 Clean and inspect the sample needle e Inspect sample needle condition If necessary replace the sample probe or outer needle See Work
127. Sampling A vacuum stabilisation error will occur if it takes too long to evacuate a pipette or vacuum level is not stable Vacuum stabilisation error may caused by 1 Leak in sample tube connecting T piece Y piece and fill nozzle e Replace the silicone sample tube 2 Fill block washer defective or not in place e Needs replacement fatal error Leaking washer in the fill nozzle replace fill nozzle washer e WI 203 Replace the fill nozzle O ring on page 352 4 Sample tube pinch valve next to fill nozzle not operating e Needs replacement fatal error 5 Wet or dirty blue air filter on flow sensor board replace blue air filter e WI 179 Replace blue air filter on page 345 6 Defective flow sensor board e Needs replacement fatal error 7 Outer needle valve is not functioning correctly and vacuum is leaking away check outer needle valve Gei InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 179 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN 5 mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 4 2 Vacuum error The Compact monitors the vacuum pressure If the vacuum pressure drops below a pre set level a Vacuum error message will be indicated on the Main screen Vacuum error may caused by 1 Blocked filter Replace the blue filter e WI 179 Replace blue air filter on page 345 2 Liquid separator wrongly assembled or blocked e WI 196 Cleaning liquid separator on page 348 3 Main vacuum pump defective e Fatal error technical assistance is needed
128. Teflon tip repair set Syringe O ring for Separator InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 223 mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 ESRI110105 Waste sticker 2500 ml QWFG010131 Glass jar Separator QEDV130022 Fuse 5A 110V Slow 5x20 mm QEDV130019 Fuse 2 5 A 230V Slow 5x20 mm Page 224 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Tube connections InteRRliner 4334S ay 1006Z0LSH3 L aeaa Jesuit pasyyeis Cox Ase 1002 0 SH NOISIAaY su Oe Ham Owen SuO20uup7 aqn ae lina N sauoneyssus mum wusan Ce INOJ e Ag SOIUOIFEUDAYN HOY ES wania TE quepauIsig aues asuy i D U SO UONOBUUND JOSU S 0497 yes Buiqny ul jou eqny GEI S000L01SH3 Ba PELOZOINSA ZELOLOINSS V ef ZLOOLOLSH3 lid 9060L01NS3 gt 2400020LSHA S060L0INS3 80S0Z0INS3 zosozorsa 0r0L01NS3 e 20s0201NSa gt LI ope xp al vO00ZOATMO j 90Z010 YS3 90r00INS3 B060L0INSA 9PZ0L0INSA oh Josuas e aaah wee dag UNAWA Mold ogos mue G ene wnnoe Ke eil 1 0100201SH3 RN EE asu i ITIL i E vw St WER BA R 3 ET OFEZOU Wd W f 9060L01SH3 P qes T oam SL60L0INS3 Z080L0INSA 8L60201NS3 aa aa 8080Z0INS3 l i ortozoiysa l H Ingo vsnd TL eg Seu D p0 019e2 e TD im D RBUISMOY S Joena WNMEA a 901020INS3 Pag
129. USER MANUAL INTERRLINER V8 USER MANUAL Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Master Registration Number MRN 121 EN mechatronics Manufacturer Mechatronics Manufacturing B V Phone 31 0 229 29 11 29 Fax 31 0 229 24 15 34 E mail support mechatronics nl Internet http www mechatronics nl P O Box 225 Postal address 1620 AE Hoorn The Netherlands De Corantijn 13 Office address 1689 AN Zwaag The Netherlands Copyright Mechatronics BV All rights reserved Subject to changes without prior notice Issued by the After Sales Department of Mechatronics mechatronics Document history overview Document history overview MRN 121 EN Published date 16 October 2014 1 38 October Introduction e General safety instructions H Schavemaker SEN Safety e Explanation of Technical documentation specifications Weight specifications History screen added Service seen Fill and clean instructions modified Data io Read rack number Appendix Result path TCP IP Protocol R 3500 EPU added Error list revised E21 E29 E32 added August 2014 e Temporary release H Schavemaker 1 36 November History screen e Introduction of chapter H Schavemaker 2013 Quality control Quality Control Trouble shooting 1 35 February History screen Addition print result header H Schavemaker SES Maintenance screen Hazy aspect not Maintenance suppressed in case of limit error Error list Prime Clean text Maintenance items up to level 4 in
130. Use some acid free vaseline on the screw thread of the glass jar 3 Assemble the separator InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 379 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Replacing 1 Replace the top section A little silicon grease on the rim of separator will make the assembling and adjustment easier 2 If applicable replace the bacterial HEPA filter For Maintenance Level 4 Exchange bacterial HEPA filter QWLV040002 3 Re connect the silicon tube to the tube connector on the top section Lift left cover Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 8 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 9 Replace the waste container 10 Close left cover NO os On waste bottle If used Exchange bacterial filter QWLV040001 on the waste bottle assembly 3 Exchange Rinse and Saline tube assembly New rinse pump tube assembly New saline pump tube assembly ESRI090902 ESRI090903 New tube replacement 1 Open left cover 2 Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the front of the unit to release the tube out of the pump plate holder Remove the old tube from the peristaltic pump rotor Disconnect the tubing at both ends of the tube connectors Connect new tubing to both ends of the connectors Place one end of the tub
131. Values must be within the following limits FS 90 140 165 NOTE Clean sensors first before executing this function 6 5 2 3 Temperature sensor e Check temperature sensor Value must be equal to the actual room temperature near the pipette belt The value can be set in tab SETTINGS 6 5 2 4 Diluter start e Check Diluter start sensor This sensor is only used in EDTA mode If the diluter does not start during the aspiration the status of this sensor must be checked The value should be Diluter start sensor400 700 6 5 2 5 Diluent flow sensor e Check Diluent flow sensor This sensor is only used in EDTA mode When activated the LED Down is green and the LED Up is red When the button Test is clicked the LED Up must become green After finishing the test both LED s must be green 6 5 2 6 Separator sensor e Check Separator sensor The value must be in range of lt 200 600 gt 700 6 5 2 7 Flow sensor e Check Flow sensor The vacuum unit switches on and the values must be in this range For InteRRliner V8 Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs 0300 380 0390 Note If for example the yellow orifice is blocked the flow will be Offset 0045 0050 0055 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 79 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 2 8 Measure sensor e Check Measure sensor In Service mode When the sensor is not engaged with the pipette the Value must be within the following limits MS 40 50 60 Press t
132. a Fill and Clean arrangement 2 Run the fill and clean sequence When all the pipettes are filled the needle goes back to the home position 3 Remove the Fill and clean arrangement Page 344 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN ve mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 me D mechatronics Work instruction Number 179 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Replace blue air filter Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision Draft October 2001 Remove of the top cover 1 Switch InteRRliner V8 OFF 2 Remove the two rear screws of the top cover 3 Lift the top cover carefully from the instrument Air filter replacement ESRI QWLV0400003 1 Pull both tube connectors out of the blue filter 2 Place new blue filter 3 Reconnect the tube connectors on the filter Replace the top cover 1 Put the cover carefully over the instrument 2 Fasten the two rear screws of the top cover If present if needed InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 345 Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics mechatronics Work instruction Number 188 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Replace diluter tip Safety None Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 August 2014 Replace diluter tip 1 2 3 AIO Ol e Take the syringe from the diluter assembly Pull the plunger out of the syringe
133. act Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board Removing the rack during transportation could cause this error This is normal Rack mechanically blocked Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Transport motor Transport unit or the Pool in motor End pool Check Switch out sensor Transport unit Check transport unit motor Conveyer belt Check Rack in sensor End pool Check Pool in motor End pool Page 207 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport E1070 Transport 1 4 Switch_in timeout E1071 Transport 1 4 Switch_out pos err E1072 Transport 1 4 Catch timeout Page 208 The Switch in motor Transport unit did not reach the home position within a certain time limit The Switch in motor Transport unit could not move to the home position because the Switch out motor Transport unit was not on position home The Switch in motor Transport unit did not reach the catch or release position within a certain time limit mechatronics Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch in motor Transport unit Switch in unit mechanically blocked Check Switch in sensors Faulty Switch in motor Broken wire s to Switch in motor Faulty Switch in motor driver on Transport board Check Switch out unit Transport unit Check home sensor of Switch out unit Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch
134. act keyboard Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Compact keyboard EEPROM not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Compact keyboard EEPROM not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Compact keyboard E158 Read error serial There was a communication Faulty EEPROM 24C01 EEPROM on Elevator or error between the serial on Elevator or Indexer InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 239 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Indexer board E159 Write error serial EEPROM on Elevator or Indexer board E160 Checksum error Indexer settings E161 Checksum error Elevator settings Page 240 EEPROM on Elevator or Indexer board and the main processor Compact keyboard during a read operation There was a communication error between the serial EEPROM on Elevator or Indexer board and the main processor Compact keyboard during a write operation After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default Indexer settings are loaded After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default Elevator settings are loaded mechatronics board EEPROM not mounted on Elevator or Indexer board EEPROM mounted on both Elevator and Indexer boards Only one board must have the EEPROM installed Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on El
135. act automatic apply the conversion table to the 60 min method If temperature correction is switched on the ESR value will be the temperature corrected ESR value InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 283 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Sedmatic 15 string format Data 28 characters stx R04PPPPPPPP01pp01WWWWwINHONNNI Data consists Patient identification text Pipette number E S R in mm 60 min Checksum Checksum EXOR sum off all 28 data characters If checksum is equal to the ETX character the checksum is converted to DEL N TX TX CK ACK EL Page 285 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Text left aligned followed by spaces ASCII 20 xXX Number made up of xx digits 0 9 ASCIII 30 39 with leading zeros Note e Timeout for response ACK NACK from HOST is 20 seconds e If the Compact is switched to the 30 min method the output string has the same format The Compact automatic applies the conversion table to the 60 min method e f temperature correction is switched on the ESR value will be the temperature corrected ESR value e Ifthe result has an error the ESR value will be 4 space characters ASCII 20 Page 286 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix String format Vesmatic CR
136. age 363 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Assemble fill nozzle holder Assemble fill nozzle 1 Connect the silicon tube to the fill Push the plasti inst th ush the plastic top part down against the nozzle spring pressure 2 Put the fill nozzle into the holder 1 Turn the plastic top part until you hear 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards and turn of feel a click the holder to the left 2 Turn the plastic top part clokwise for 1 5 turns 2 Clean Liquid Separator and exchange filters Removing 1 Open the left cover and remove the waste container The liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Disconnect the silicon tube from the tube connection on the top section 5 Remove bacterial HEPA filter 6 Remove and disassemble the liquid separator Cleaning 1 Clean all parts with hot water and a brush 2 Use some acid free vaseline on the screw thread of the glass jar 3 Assemble the separator Page 364 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Replacing 1 Replace the top section A little silicon grease on the rim of separator will make the assembling and adjustment easier 2 If applicable replace the bacterial
137. ample tubes while a rack has been transferred to the Indexer unit will result in unpredictable errors 2 4 1 Indexer CAUTION MOVING PARTS The Indexer is a carriage that holds the rack and moves independently from the conveyor belt The rack is being checked for the presence of sample tubes and the barcode is being read If the barcode can not be read right away a spring assisted tube rotator is pushed onto the tubes and turns the sample tubes at the barcode reader position clock wise and anti clockwise until the barcode reader reads a positive patient ID If the barcode is not readable the InteRRliner will set the status for this tube to N NO and this tube will not be processed In all other cases the InteRRliner will send an inquiry and wait for the host to receive a YES or NO status for sampling Tubes with the status NO will not be processed by the analyser Note In order to read the barcode ID correctly ensure that labels are located correctly on the sample tubes and are firmly attached The tube rotator turns in two directions in case the label comes loose from the sample tube InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 23 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Instrument description 2 4 2 Sample robot After reading the barcodes the sample rack moves towards the robotic arm the arm moves forward and picks up at least one tube if present three tubes The tube s are turned up side down up nine times The robot places th
138. and computer needed to be reset Computer reset after power failure InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E7 Outer needle motor position error Timeout piercing E8 Fillnozzle not in fill position E9 Air flow failure E10 Sample probe was jammed Check both needles before sampling E11 Sample probe not on position going down Timeout error E12 Dilution error wrong or no diluent flow Check the diluter E13 Fillnozzle not in home position E14 Outer needle motor position error home InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Outer needle did not go down within a certain time limit Fill nozzle did not reach the fill position within a certain time limit Compact was not able to get a stable reading during the vacuum test before aspiration the sample Sample probe was probably jammed when going down and exceeded the maximum current level Sample probe went back to its home position after the error Sample probe did not go down within a certain time limit Diluter malfunction Fill nozzle did not reach the Home position within a certain time limit Outer needle did not reach the home top sensor within a certain time limit Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Outer needle motor is faulty Outer needle motor driver on needle board is faulty Outer needle is blocked Fill nozzle motor is faulty Fill nozzle motor
139. and therefore a BIO HAZARD 13 1 Maintenance Schedule example See the Appendix Maintenance Schedule example on page 273 13 2 Daily The purpose of the daily maintenance is to keep the instrument clean and contamination as low as possible Clean all parts that are exposed to blood wipe the outer surface and the stainless steel plate below the pipette belt See WI Daily maintenance on page 357 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 161 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Maintenance mechatronics 13 2 1 Check or replace sample probe or outer needle A faulty or broken needle can cause a fill time out error or a dilution error Inspect sample needle condition each day clean if necessary If necessary replace the sample probe or outer needle Remove cover Compact InteRRliner 1 Lift the robotic protection cover Needle exchange Pony gt ONO Unscrew sample probe manually E Mark each tube for easier reconnecting to the correct nipple Disconnect the tubes from the outer needle Pull the sample probe complete with outer needle towards the front edge of the Compact The outer needle must be supported to protect it from falling Slide the new sample probe into the new outer needle Make sure the Sample probe has a new O ring QWLV050003 Install new sample probe ESRI050909 together with the new outer needle ESRI050901 Tighten the sample probe Do not over tighten the sample probe in the T piece Y piece or it
140. anguage name Note To switch to the selected language the first time close and restart the software 6 6 1 1 Flow test potentiometer mean 25 82 WC WC Cp 2 TI T3 WG T6 II tt a i i Seg eeegaass sash Pipette flow test Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt PIPETTE DATA WILL BE LOST gt is displayed This test is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are displayed in their own line of the diagram Page 90 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 1 2 Flow test flow 12 4 2010 10 97 51 82 i 84 DS 2 Lj BE Us Tle tl WG LU H 1 PARRE zis Pipette flow test Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt PIPETTE DATA WILL BE LOST gt is displayed This test is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are displayed in their own line of the diagram 6 6 1 3 Flow test absolute EEGENEN Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt PIPETTE DATA WILL BE LOST gt is displayed This test is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and
141. ansport sensors Check Rack Home sensor little red switch Faulty transport motor Broken wire s to transport motor Faulty transport motor driver on End pool board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Ejector motor End pool Ejector mechanically blocked Check ejector sensors Faulty ejector motor Broken wire s to ejector motor Faulty ejector motor driver on End pool board InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Elevator and Index controls The following Elevator settings can be made 1 ELEVATOR TO TOP POSITION e This function send the elevator to the top position e The top position is set default at 75500 no need to change the default value ELEVATOR TO FILL POSITION e This function send the elevator to the fill position e The fill position is set default at 64000 no need to change the default value ELEVATOR TO HOME POSITION e This function send the elevator to the Home position ELEVATOR RESET e This function reset the elevator to Home position MIXER ASSEMBLY TEST e Switch ON and OFF the mixer motor TUBE UNIT test e The FORWARD function send the tube unit to the front e The BACKWARD function send the tube unit to the back SAMPLE UNIT test e The IN function move the sample arm from the home position into the needle assembly of the Compact e The OUT function move the sample arm
142. any of the Transport units There was a communication error between the EEPROM and the main processor during a read operation Check all settings see below error list software Note for service engineer HEX file can also be corrupted Faulty Flash Memory 28F010 or 28F020 on Start pool board Corrupted memory Service engineer can reload the InteRRliner software Note for service engineer HEX file can also be corrupted Faulty Flash Memory 28F010 or 28F020 on Start pool board Corrupted memory Service engineer can reload the InteRRliner software Note for service engineer HEX file can also be corrupted Faulty Flash Memory 28F010 or 28F020 on Start pool board No power on the Transport board s DC cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Start pool board EEPROM not mounted on Start pool board E4022 Start pool Faulty EEPROM InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 199 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport Eeprom write error E1024 Start pool Rack slider timeout E2025 Start pool Rack forward timeout E3026 Start pool Rack emitter timeout Page 200 communication error during a write operation The main processor was not able to store the settings see below error list in EEPROM The Slider motor Start pool did not reach t
143. ard and InteRRliner Transport board If there are IIC errors in the Compact check the Compact IIC cable s H there are IIC errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner IIC cable s Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are IIC errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s If there are IIC errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner IIC InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport No response from Input The Input pool did not Switching off the pool response to the Compact InteRRliner during run after sending a result to the mode could cause this Input pool error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are IIC errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s H there are IIC errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner IIC cable s 16 5 Elevator An Error number what is showed on the display of the Compact which is produced by the Indexer the Elevator and some communication errors from the rack transport module See for the complete list on the numbers the Appendix Error list InteRRliner rack transport on page 246 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 219 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 5 1 The numbers from 63 till 71 Elevator motor timeout Tube unit
144. are defined 0 Sample is clear InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 327 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 1 Sample is Hazy lt 10 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings Compact ERROR code messages mechatronics This code appears in the sample data record at variable HGB The following 7 codes are defined 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely high ESR value Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 Page 328 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range ESR Time Column height Dilution Bubbles on top Hazy aspect Temperature InteRRliner V8 User
145. are tested if incorrect the instrument will generate Test messages 1 Test fill nozzle unit e Checks position of the fill nozzle unit if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system 2 Test rinse unit e Checks position of the rinse unit if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system 3 Test measure unit e Checks position of the measure unit if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system 4 Test Needle unit e Checks position of the needle unit if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system 5 Test Diluter unit e Check the position of the syringe if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system 6 Test drive e Checks position of the drive unit if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system 7 Test Rack unit e Check the position of the Mixing motor if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system e Check the rack if incorrect the unit will be re positioned by the system During normal operation the following System time out errors may occur These are usually fatal errors Call distributor or your local supplier of the Compact 1 Drive unit e Compact was not able to position the pipette belt within a certain time limit e Check for mechanical obstructions 2 Measure unit e Compact was not able to position the measure unit within a certain time limit e Check for mechanical obstructions 3 Rinse unit e Compact was not able t
146. art sensor has Check and or clean the of range Check clean this reached a critical level Diluter Start sensor a Sensor Continuing could result in filling errors E25 Measure sensor out of The Measure sensor has Check and or clean the range Check clean this reached a critical level Measure sensor SC SE Continuing could result in wrong ESR results E26 Diluent Flow sensor out The EDTA Flow sensor has Check and or clean the of range Check clean this reached a Critical level EDTA Flow sensor hans sensor Continuing could result in filling errors E27 Temperature sensor The measured room Check the temperature out of range Check Settings temperature has reached a sensor setting critical level Check and or clean the Continuing could result in Temperature sensor wrong ESR results Page 236 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics E29 Result path not found Switched to default D Check Result Path setting E30 No ACK NACK received from host after sending inquiry E31 NACK received from host after sending inquiry E32 LIMS Connection timeout Host not found Selected result path is not valid Software is using the default setting No response from Host within a certain time limit after sending an inquiry 3 times Did not receive ACK from Host after sending inquiry 3 times The Compact could not establish a connection with the
147. ash station Also named Rinse station This is the position where the sample is washed out of the pipette The pipette is clean and dry after this process 6 2 4 Fill station Fill station This is the position where the pipette is filled with a blood sample Page 42 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 2 5 Pipette Pipette This is a graphical representation of the pipette It is generated from the results of the ESR measurement It can be used to locate possible air bubbles 6 2 6 Rack Rack This is a representation of a rack in process Empty positions indicate that no sample tube was detected at that position The combinations of the pictograms have the following meaning Greet Wu OK lO Barcode was read correctly but ESR is not required for this ll sample oo00000941 Wu och s ooo0000940 IIN wea ESR was measured successfully Barcode could not be read read failure ESR is required and waiting to be done 0000000936 IM wale ESR was measured but with fill errors After processing the rack the information of the rack is transferred to the DISPLAY RACK HISTORY on page 51 screen 6 2 7 Sample mode button Sample mode button This is the button to start or stop the run mode of the instrument 6 2 8 Version information Version information Shows the version information of the software 6 2 9 Sample information
148. ashed and dried ones A warning is shown on the display lt Pipette data will be lost gt NOTE Before executing this function check carefully if there are samples in the pipette belt that need to be measured Any remaining samples will be washed away and will NOT be measured Page 74 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 1 10 Fill and clean screen Fill amp Clean Automatic fill and clean function each individual pipette on pipette belt will be filled with cleaning solution During prolonged use of the instrument proteins are building up in the Westergren pipettes which need to be removed using a strong cleaning agent This cycle takes about 90 minutes The Fill amp Clean function is part of the monthly maintenance procedure A warning is shown on the display lt Pipette data will be lost gt Fill and clean Pipette data will be lost D Use Fill amp Clean adapter ON By toggling the switch ON the Fill and clean adapter is used By toggling the switch OFF the Fill and clean without adapter is used See chapter Maintenance Fill and clean procedure on page 166 for more information 6 5 1 11 End of day wash procedure e End of day wash All pipettes will be washed once and needle fill nozzle and rinse nozzle wash station are primed InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 75 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 pr
149. aste container will hold a maximum 2 5 liters of waste The waste may be discharged into a drain or the container simply replaced by a new one As the Compact disinfects the waste it may discharge into a drain sink Disclaimer Check your local environment rules about discharging the waste 4 2 1 Waste line connection to central waste system If the waste line is to be connected to a centralised waste collection system the following requirements must be met 1 Waste tube must not exceed 5 meters or 18 feet in length 2 Drain height must not be higher than the original waste container inside the instrument Disclaimer Check the specifications of the central waste system for rules about discharging the waste 4 2 2 Replacing the waste container 1 Lift the left cover and pull the waste container forwards 2 Unscrew the cap InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 29 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Installation 3 Place the new waste container and tighten the screw cap 4 Lift the left cover and place the waste container back into the Compact Note If you are re cycling waste containers make sure that they are bleached and rinsed thoroughly 4 3 Start up first time Ensure that racks which are placed by hand are correctly placed in the InteRRliner the groove on the side of the rack must catch the strip at the right side of the storage area The InteRRliner can store up to 21 racks racks may be placed randomly in the
150. ate if the dilution rate tends to get too low or too high it automatically makes a correction to the manual dilution adjust setting In this way long term instability or long term changes will be corrected The system looks to the mean average of the 32 last dilutions to estimate the corrections on the syringe speed calculations If Auto dilution adjust is set to OFF the system works with the number which is set in Dilution adjustment 60 till 140 If Auto dilution adjust is set to ON the software automatically set the Dilution adjustment 60 till 140 Instructions to set up the Auto dilution adjust Set the Auto dilution adjust OFF Set in SETTINGS GENERAL SETTINGS Display dilution ON Run a few representative fresh blood samples of the day and note the dilution rates which are displayed at the status line Add the found dilution rate and take the average By entering the percentage deviation a correction value can be made Example If the average dilution rate is 92 enter 108 in order to correct to a 100 dilution rate If no input is given a warning lt Out of range gt is displayed Note Use only recent samples lt 12 hours otherwise the software settings will not be representative e Set the average dilution rate in Dilution adjust 60 140 e Run more samples to inspect the dilution rate again e If the dilution rates are in expectation continue to the following steps e Set Auto dilution adjust ON e Runa few mor
151. ated Expiry date If the StaRRsed Control expiry date is exceeded it is not possible to continue with this QC sample The sample is not measured but the failed attempt is logged in the table Expected ESR This is the temperature corrected mean value incorporated in the StaRRsed barcode and the accepted range of deviation The applicable values for the acceptable range depend on the user setting ESR 60 Uncorrected result from QC sample ESR 60 T Corr Temperature corrected result from QC sample T Temperature at which the sample was measured Error Warning Only special QC errors are mentioned here general ESR warnings errors are mentioned in the next column After these columns additional data is shown pipette number dilution rate ESR30 ESR time and Aspect Scroll to the right Results are always shown with and without Temperature correction independent of the setting TEMP CORRECTION ON or OFF The following options can be selected Page 58 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN 12 mechatronics se InteRRliner V8 program RELATED PATIENT RESULTS This screen is simular to the Display sample history screen The background colour of the patient history table is switched to light yellow to distinguish these QC related patient results from the standard patient history table Depending on the frequency of QC samples related patient results may span over multiple days and are listed per da
152. atronics Work instruction Number 178 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Hazy problems Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument InteRRliner V8 Revision 002 December 2013 Prepare disinfectant Add 10 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite to 190 ml de ionized water 5 solution Cleaning the diluent system Step 1 fon gt Remove the suction tube from the diluent bottle Place the suction tube in chlorine solution Use the PRIME DILUENT function This fills the dispenser system with the disinfectant After the prime sequence stops press PRIME DILUENT 5 times to fill the dispenser system with the disinfectant 5 Leave the disinfectant in the system for 15 minutes Step 2 1 Take the diluent suction tube out of the disinfectant 2 Wipe the tube clean and dry with a tissue 3 Place the diluent suction tube in hot de ionized water 80 4 Use the PRIME DILUENT function 5 After the prime sequence stops press PRIME DILUENT 5 times to fill the dispenser system with the hot water Step 3 1 Clean the diluent bottle s with the disinfectant 2 Rinse the diluent bottle with hot de ionized water 80 3 Rinse the diluent bottle with diluent solution 4 Refill the diluent bottle with new diluent solution 5 Use the PRIME DILUENT function 6 After the prime sequence stops press the PRIME DILUENT key 5 times to fill the dispenser system with the new diluent solution Step 4 1 Prepare
153. be replacement on page 335 15 1 4 Sample probe is not washed after aspiration 1 Check saline level in saline container e Ifthe level is insufficient usually a message will be on the display and the alarm sounds 2 Check pick up tube in saline container e It may have become detached from the tube connector e Loosen the cap of the saline container in order to inspect 3 Check the saline peristaltic pump tube condition e It may be worn or leak See Level 4 maintenance on page 164 e An incorrectly fitted saline peristaltic pump tube may cause the same problem Page 174 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting e One of the tubes carrying saline maybe blocked or bended 15 1 5 Saline dripping in the sample tube adapter H Saline drips from the needle assembly check the following 1 Does the vacuum pump work e Check the vacuum pressure by using the option CHECK FLOW SENSOR Sample probe may be blocked Fill nozzle may be blocked Waste line may be blocked Outer needle may be blocked Pinch valve not working or blocked e Replace pinch valve tube technical assistance is needed oar wh 15 1 6 Saline pump failure 1 Liquid flowing back to the saline container e Replace the saline pump tube 2 Needle is not washed sufficiently e Replace the saline pump tube see WI 163 saline tube replacement on page 336 15 1 7 Pipettes not dry after washing and drying I
154. ber at the rinse station e Close pop up menu 2 Select SET RINSE POSITION e CHANGE RINSE POSITION e Press LEARN CAROUSEL POSITION e Close pop up menu Change rinse position Ei Carousel position error Check Rinse position Check if the position error is solved Select GO TO RINSE POSITION enter a higher value than the actual rinse position and the carousel should move without position error If position error is solved 1 Select the Service mode Icon to leave service mode 2 If samples or liquid is present in any pipette go to tab MAINTENANCE PRIME CLEAN WASH ALL PIPETTES which removes the liquid from the pipettes All sample information will be lost If there is still a position error If the position is still not correct or if position errors occur frequently and the solutions above does not solve the problem the following procedure must be carried out 1 Select the Service mode Icon to leave service mode 2 a If liquid or samples are present in isolated pipettes use a combination of GO TO RINSE POSITION at the service tab and MAINTENANCE PRIME RINSE SOLUTION to remove the blood samples All sample information will be lost or b Go to tab SETTINGS and select DELETE PIPETTE DATA The carousel stops moving Use the sequence mentioned above to remove the blood samples 3 Check mechanical connection potentiometers If the position error is not solved after all the mentioned actions the positioni
155. ble between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are 12C errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s If there are 12C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner 12C cable s Switching off the InteRRliner during run mode could cause this error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are 12C errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s If there are 12C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner 12C cable s Page 245 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Error list InteRRliner rack transport Software V5 xx Last update 14 05 2014 E4009 Start pool IIC comm fault 10 E4010 Transport 1 NO transport unit E4011 End pool NO end pool E4012 Start pool Eeprom Fault E4013 Start pool IIC write error The End pool or a Transport unit received an unknown command from the Start pool The command has been ignored by one of the units The first Transport unit was not detected by the Start pool The Transport unit did not response The End pool was not detected by the Start pool The End pool did not response The serial EEPROM on the Start pool board was not detected There was an IOC communication error between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool mechatronics I2C cable s not connected properly Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the InteRRlin
156. ble fill nozzle 1 Connect the silicon tube to the fill Push the plasti inst th ush the plastic top part down against the nozzle spring pressure 2 Put the fill nozzle into the holder 1 Turn the plastic top part until you hear 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards and turn of feel a click the holder to the left 2 Turn the plastic top part clokwise for 1 5 turns 2 Clean Liquid Separator and exchange filters Removing 1 Open the left cover and remove the waste container The liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Disconnect the silicon tube from the tube connection on the top section 5 Remove bacterial HEPA filter 6 Remove and disassemble the liquid separator Cleaning 1 Clean all parts with hot water and a brush 2 Use some acid free vaseline on the screw thread of the glass jar 3 Assemble the separator Page 370 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Replacing 1 Replace the top section A little silicon grease on the rim of separator will make the assembling and adjustment easier 2 If applicable replace the bacterial HEPA filter For Maintenance Level 4 Exchange bacterial HEPA filter QWLV040002 3 Re connect the silicon tube to the tube
157. ck up tube at the Diluent container it may be kinked 2 One of the Diluent lines has become blocked or kinked Fill nozzle cap Fill nozzle ah Fill vacuum valve i T Sample tube ESRIO70406 ESRI070508 Diluter syringe Water Disinfectant valve valve i SE WICH ESRI070112 z T il Dilution tubing Omuert Deionized Draeteci eg water InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 177 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 3 3 Diluter errors Dilution error If the display shows dilution errors it indicates that the current sample has not been diluted correctly e g 21 Diluent added to the sample After the sample measurement the dilution rate will be printed as EDTA 079 Dilution errors can be caused by Solution Irregular filling speed due to poor vacuum Check the vacuum settings Blocked sample probe Remove the blockage Blocked T piece Y piece Unblock the the T Piece Y Piece by using a syringe with hot water Sample tube pinch valve error Check if the sample tube pinch valve is working Sample tube not correct in the sample tube Check the sample tube is still fitted correctly in the pinch valve pinch valve Insufficient sample volume Check before sampling if the sample tube has sufficient blood volume Wrong diluter settings Check change diluter settings in software See Diluter settings on page 95 for all possible settings Dilution errors can be sol
158. cluded Reagent installation Error 19 added InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 3 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Document Document history overview OC NTCWNSC overview July 2012 Reagents screen Reagent barcode reader H Schavemaker Limit error settings Limit error settings Sereen Air bubble trouble shooting Reporting Add XO settings Operation Trouble shooting Keyboard InteRRliner e January Annual update and H E van Dijk 2012 publication 1 32 June 2011 Turn off e Itis not a problem if the H E van Dijk InteRRliner V8 is on all the time However gt Start up first time e Check limit settings e Add appendix default settings e Changed picture of Settings screen 1 31 February Main screen e Explain Rack pictogram H E van Dijk SEN History screen 1 30 July 2010 Appendix e Add new the new H E van Dijk MECHATRONICS 01 and 02 string Settings Language selection e Make anew Settings screen for limit error 1 20 January Appendix e New error list H E van Dijk 2010 1 10 June 2009 Compact e Update screens to apply H E van Dijk InteRRliner V8 for this software update program 3 13 1 00 December All sections e Make corrections and add H E van Dijk 2008 the latest pictures Update the sections according the latest version of the Graphic User Interface Combine the InteRRliner user manual in this manual 2007 Page 4 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics
159. code reader position e The rack Barcode position is set at 27900 no need to change the value Rack FILL position e Moves the Indexer to the rack fill position P e The rack Fill position has a default value this value can not be changed 5 Rack Mix position e Moves the Indexer to the mix position e The rack Mix position is set at 500 no need to change the value 6 Rack HOME e Moves the Indexer to the home position 7 Indexer CLAMP e OPEN the Indexer clamp e CLOSE the indexer clamp 8 Actual position shows the position of the Indexer e Step LEFT The Indexer will move in steps to the left e Step RIGHT The Indexer will move in steps to the right Note When the settings need to be changed enter type a new number in the input window and test the new position again by pressing the associated key for that position Press SAVE SETTINGS to store the new values to disk and to flash Eprom when everything is correct InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 105 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 2 LIMS settings C vm Sample ig fr Reagents Maintenance Settings m Service B x Walk A D i l D Trews Visible in case of a 6 7 2 1 Set LIMS communication settings Communication with LIMS can be a serial or an ethernet connection USE SERIAL OUTPUT Serial output comport ASRL2 INSTR By default Baud rate Selectable 1200 4800 and 9600
160. connector on the top section Lift left cover Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 8 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 9 Replace the waste container 10 Close left cover NO os On waste bottle If used Exchange bacterial filter QWLV040001 on the waste bottle assembly 3 Exchange Rinse and Saline tube assembly New rinse pump tube assembly New saline pump tube assembly ESRI090902 ESRI090903 ag VALINE heat 3 Ben AER New tube replacement 1 Open left cover 2 Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the front of the unit to release the tube out of the pump plate holder 3 Remove the old tube from the peristaltic pump rotor 4 Disconnect the tubing at both ends of the tube connectors InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 371 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Connect new tubing to both ends of the connectors Place one end of the tube in the pump plate holder Pull the new tube over the peristaltic pump rotor Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the back of the InteRRliner V8 ONAN 4 Fill and clean Cleaning agent preparation InteRRliner V8 Compact Fill and clean This cycle takes about 90 minutes 1 Fill the clean adapter EHST110907 wit
161. continue The selection box for the language is marked with a symbol depicting a globe Select the language for the software and the Instructions For Use by clicking on the appropriate language name Note To switch to the selected language the first time close and restart the software Page 86 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program The following selections can be switched ON or OFF 1 30 MIN METHOD e 30MIN METHOD ON ESR s are measured after 30 minutes e 30MIN METHOD OFF ESR s are measured after 60 minutes 2 DISPLAY DILUTION e DISPLAY DILUTION ON The dilution rates of all samples are shown in the status line on the screen directly after aspiration e DISPLAY DILUTION OFF Dilution rates are only shown if they are outside the selected accepted range 3 EDTAMODE e EDTAMODE ON Samples are presented in EDTA sample tubes The samples are diluted in the InteRRliner V8 e EDTAMODE OFF Samples are presented in pre diluted CITRATE sample tubes Dilution on the InteRRliner V8 is switched OFF 4 DISPLAY GRAPH e DISPLAY GRAPH ON A graphical presentation from the measured sample data is shown on the Main screen e DISPLAY GRAPH OFF Default setting no graph is shown 5 SAMPLE PROBE PROTECTION e SAMPLE PROBE PROTECTION OFF The sample probe motor will push the sample probe inner needle down to the set depth e SAMPLE PROBE PROTECTION ON The sample probe motor will st
162. ction Default is ON Fast filling Default is ON Virtual keyboard Default is ON 9 Print after measurement Default is OFF 10 Check for duplicate ID s 11 Check the limit filter settings as recommended set by default o ND Or oe eS The tab Settings is protected by the password Select the tab Settings type the password 3964 and press the ENTER key 8 1 1 Liquid levels Liquid containers and levels must be checked frequently If the small onboard bottles are used wash and keep the bottles clean to avoid bacterial growth The InteRRliner V8 has liquid level sensors When the level sensor alarm appears replace reagent as soon as possible Page 142 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Operation 9 OPERATION 9 1 Quick start up This section describes a quick start up procedure and a general description of what to do before starting a large batch of samples to run through the system 9 1 1 Check list Run this checklist before each large batch of samples 1 Waste container if applicable should be empty 2 Check the liquid levels 9 1 2 Start pool Ensure that racks are correctly placed in the Start Pool the groove on the side of the rack must catch the strip at the right side of the storage area Note Do not push racks manually against or away from the front end as this will interfere with the ejector mechanism 9 1 3 End pool XO The End pool transports the racks
163. ction code i Co Sarpe Dro Im Patient number ame a sample daia Tdlims order information record format 171 bytes Parameter Se en come OO Comment Text distinction codel distinction code Text distinction codel EH Information status RRE sample does not exist 1 sample exists Bacos o ow ooo Sampe Dro e Mustbe the same as inguin record Rack Lal Tube postion e Inquiymoe dP 1 S C a aene Ja ooo SoS SSS C E S Pareno o ow ooo Dooorname fi was iP SSCS InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 331 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Wie il olreteg g ESR no 1 ESR yes Compact HAZY code messages The code appears in the sample data record at variable RBC This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined 0 Sample is clear 1 Sample is Hazy lt 10 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings Compact ERROR code messages This code appears in the sample data record at variable HGB The following 7 codes are defined 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely high ESR value Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shoo
164. ctional152 305 Appendix Protocol Sysmex R 3500 EPU319 Appendix Protocol Sysmex SE 9000 unidirectional 152 325 Appendix Sedmatic 100 string format152 281 Appendix Sedmatic 15 string format 152 285 Appendix Serial cable to LAB comms 269 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Index Appendix String format for StaRRsed152 276 Appendix String format for StaRRsed V14 152 278 Appendix String format Vesmatic152 287 Appendix Sysmex R 3500 Protocol 152 172 311 Appendix Sysmex R 3500 unidirectional protocol 152 315 Appendix Sysmex SE9000 protocol 152 172 321 Appendix System messages Compact V8 230 Appendix TDLIMS protocol 172 330 Appendix Tube connections InteRRliner225 APPENDIX FOR INTERRLINER V8 222 Aspect Hazy 53 157 Auto dilution adjust 96 B Basics of Bio safety 35 Bidirectional 389 Cc Carousel control 86 89 Carousel 42 Check list 143 Check or replace sample probe or outer needle 162 Check sensors 72 76 78 Check sensors in service mode 77 78 Check the sensors in service mode 163 Checks during operation 145 Citrate mode 389 Cleaning liquid separator 163 Cleaning solution 29 Close 84 Communication error E2 193 Compact connected to 108 Compact settings 108 COMPACT SYSTEM MESSAGES 159 Contaminated instrument 187 Control pipettes 147 Conveyer belt Middle section 206 Conveyor belt section 22 D Daily 146 161 Data management 172 DATA SAFETY MANAGEMENT 17
165. d Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Transport motor Transport unit or the Ejector motor Start pool Check Rack Catch sensor Transport unit Check main conveyer belt motor Transport unit Check Ejector motor Start pool E0063 Transport 1 4 The Compact did not open Check the indexer ESRI timeout 1 or close the indexer within clamp The indexer a certain time limit clamp can be tested in menu Indexer Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board Page 206 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E0065 Transport 1 4 ESRI timeout_ 3 E0066 Transport 1 4 ESRI timeout_4 E0067 Transport 1 4 Discharge rack lost InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN A rack has been sampled and was ready to be pushed switch out on the conveyer belt but the Compact did not open the indexer within a certain time limit A rack has been sampled and pushed switch out on the conveyer belt but the Compact did not close the indexer within a certain time limit A rack was lost during transportation from Compact to End pool Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport Check the indexer clamp The indexer clamp can be tested in menu Indexer Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board Check the indexer clamp The indexer clamp can be tested in menu 8 6 on the Comp
166. d clean procedure Note Each pipette on the pipette belt will be filled with cleaning agent after one hour the first pipette is washed and dried Fill and clean takes about 1 1 2 hours to complete Fill and clean with adapter Cleaning agent preparation InteRRliner V8 Compact Fill and clean This cycle takes about 90 minutes water 100 ml 2 Add 10 ml cleaning agent QRR 010905 to the hot water in the adapter 3 Place the cap on the adapter and mix well 4 Put the adapter with cleaning solution on the lower tube holder 5 Select MAINTENANCE tab PRIME CLEAN button FILL AND CLEAN 1 Fill the clean adapter EHST110907 with hot de ionized F H hi i l ll Pipette data will be lost FD se rilactean adapter ON Start Fill and clean procedure 1 Select button OK 2 The needle goes down and the process is started 3 When all the pipettes are filled the needle goes back to the home position Page 166 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KR mechatronics Maintenance Remove the adapter from the needle assembly Fill and clean without adapter The needle comes down Fill a container with 150 ml hot de ionized water Add 15 ml cleaning agent QRR 010905 Stir the prepared solution Put the container close to the needle location Push the silicon tube over the sample probe Press CONTINUE The fill and clean process is started oND OF e Ee oz Inte
167. d not reach the left or right position within a certain time limit Remove rack and reset external device HST Warning is automatically cleared when external device is ready Reset InteRRliner if warning is not automatically cleared Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Rack Transport motor End pool Rack Transport mechanically blocked Check transport sensors Check Rack Home sensor little red switch Faulty transport motor Broken wire s to transport motor Faulty transport motor driver on End pool board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Ejector motor End pool Ejector mechanically blocked Check ejector sensors Faulty ejector motor Broken wire s to ejector motor Faulty ejector motor driver on End pool board Page 211 mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport Time out means that the software does not receive any response back after the motion is started Common solution to solve this problem check if there is an object in the way or stuck Remove the object and press the F3 key on the InteRRliner key path The warning lt End pool full gt will come up as soon the sensor sees a rack Remove racks of the End pool and the alarm is automatically reset by the software See for the complete list on the numbers the Appendix Error list InteRRliner rack transport on page 246 16 4 Indexer An error number what is showed on the dis
168. d not send to LIMS QC result is given with the same general errors and warnings as a normal patient ESR result Page 196 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 TROUBLE SHOOTING INTERRLINER TRANSPORT This section describes trouble shooting for the rack transport system It is recommended that trained service personnel checks and services the instrument at least once a year InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 197 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 1 Start Pool An Error number produced by the Start Pool self is showed on the display of the Start Pool E4012 Start pool The serial EEPROM on the e Faulty EEPROM Eeprom Fault E4013 Start pool IC write error E4014 Start pool IIC status error E4015 Start pool IIC read_1 error E4016 Start pool IIC read_2 error E4017 Start pool TOO many Mess Text Page 198 Start pool board was not detected There was an IOC communication error between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool There was an 12C communication error between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool There was an IOC communication error between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool There was an 12C communication error between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool The InteRRliner tried to load all the tex
169. d re assembly diluter syringe on page 356 Detailed instructions of this procedure can be found in the Work Instruction number WI 198 Level 2 maintenance on page 378 Page 168 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Maintenance 13 7 Level 1 maintenance Annual maintenance Level 1 maintenance is Level 2 Maintenance and the following extras We recommend that this procedure is carried out by dealers service engineers The following items need to be replaced annually All tubing ESRIO79200 and additional tube set Waste pump motor ESRI090920 Waste pump cassette ESRI090921 Blue Vacuum filter disc Part no QWLV040003 Fill block washer Part no ESRIO30906 Waste container filter disc QWLV040001 only applicable if internal waste container is used Teflon tip of syringe on the Diluter assembly NOON gt The following items need to be checked and replaced if needed annually 1 Outer needle and sample probe 2 Pipette valves bodies and replace if necessary 84 pieces QTST040001 Check 1 Adjustment of fill nozzle and rinse nozzle All these parts are included in the PM kit Periodical Maintenance Kit See Appendix Maintenance schedule on page 273 13 8 Reagents installation Use only the genuine Mechatronics bulk reagent containers on the InteRRliner 1 Open the swing door and place the containers on the turntable Ki InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 169 Version 1 38
170. deiidectionneraimteinacencrredetereienneeretieian 96 6 6 3 Limit error EE 97 6 6 4 QG EE ee E E EEEE A EEA EE 98 6 7 SOVICE SC EEN 100 6 7 1 General Barcode screen EEN 101 6 7 1 1 Elevator screen ccecencsnxsdetertotiencustenaiosapttenmmisatereatieaceriedenniatenscatnerninie 103 6 7 1 2 Indexer Screen amen ne eee ene ree ene ene eee eee res 104 6 7 2 LIMS SOUINGS nenna E A EREE 106 6 7 2 1 Set LIMS communication settings kee 106 6 7 2 2 Set protocol EEIRIEEeteeeeeegee eg lat eccetcemeen a eerendenandesie ctectenaninceess 107 6 7 3 Compact settings sacconsecesnseeaesencrmnienstuesemnsal ine cieheanententiermwmctiotes 108 6 7 3 1 Compact connected to geed Ee dee 108 6732 POMEL POM ee 108 6 7 3 3 Select barcode POAC Oi iecescd vecoreseixcescteinceresseenensdemrerenbeeennieietemineennaie 108 6 7 3 4 Result DAU E 109 6 7 3 5 USB I0 ERT 109 6 7 3 6 Search in example history ENNEN 109 6 7 3 7 Outer EI 109 6 7 4 IST 110 6 64 12 All PUMPS OFF enisi ee A OE RER 111 6 7 4 2 Needle COMMON scree cc ixccszesteeacpecieeaesdsiyteteceacraagasaysatvacieeaindaavenietentaedeaneeads 111 6 7 4 3 Valve E 112 6 7 5 Display maintenance hiStory ssssssneeneeesseeenrrrrtrestrrtrrnnnresetrnrrnnnreserennne 113 6 7 6 Eeer 114 6 7 7 POVANGCOG ennem a a E E EE RE 115 7 KEYBOARD INTERRLINER SOFTWARE V A XX AND UP ssssssnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 116 7 1 le Cutlel tOelie Be 120 7 2 Keyboard InteRRliner Software V A xx EEN 121 7 3 Menu
171. description mechatronics StaRRsed Compact analyzer ESR measuring instrument with a belt holding 84 precision s bore glass Westergren pipettes Automated aspiration of the sample tube Automated dilution of EDTA blood sample with citrate Automated measurement of ESR after 30 or 60 minutes Automated cleaning and drying of pipettes End pool Capability of holding 21 Sysmex racks Manually off loaded or Off loaded automatically if the InteRRliner V8 is used as part of the Sysmex XN system Reagents cabinet Swing door for easy access Capable of storage of all needed reagents PC with touch screen LCD monitor Windows based platform Dedicated instrument software Optional network connections USB port Option External bar code reader which can be connected on the USB port of the Compact Analyzer This bar code reader can be used for reagent handling and for ID input in sample history search Page 18 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics 2 1 Technical specifications Technical specifications for the InteRRliner V8 StaRRsed InteRRliner V8 instrument models Instrument description Model name Catalogue number Model StaRRsed InteRRliner V8 EHST109421 422 423 ANSO EHST109321 322 323 StaRRsed InteRRliner V8 XN ESR method Westergren method ESR method R W Manley J clin Path 1957 10 354 Temperature compensation method R Rogers Medical Labora
172. e the waste container The liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards 1 Open the left cover and remove the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Remove bacterial HEPA filter 5 Fill waste separator with 100ml disinfectant or 100 ml water with 2 bleach 6 Replace bacterial HEPA filter 7 Lift left cover 8 Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up 9 Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf 10 Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 11 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 12 Replace the waste container 13 Close left cover InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 383 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Exchange Waste Cassette and blotting washer 1 Disconnect the two tubes from the waste pump cassette 2 Press levers at three o clock and nine o clock positions and pull at the same time 3 Clean peristaltic pump motor shaft using a tissue soaked in alcohol 4 Remove the old blotting washer ESRI090026 around the motor shaft 5 Place the new blotting washer ESRI090026 6 Insert new waste pump cassette ESRI090921 until it clicks into place 7 Remove the protection caps on from the tubes 8 Connect the two tubes to new waste pump ca
173. e e Approximately 2 5 ml is used for one Prime cycle The diluent container is a 5 liter container QRR 010931 The solution should be discarded if it becomes turbid If the Diluent does become turbid clean the Diluent container thoroughly with 10 Na hypochlorite Make sure that the container is thoroughly rinsed with de ionized water after cleaning Page 28 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Installation 4 1 4 De ionised water The water container is a 5 liter container and must be filled up when empty De ionised water is used for rinsing the fill nozzle approximately 0 5 ml The outside of the metal fill nozzle tube is washed automatically after each aspiration Note Add one or two drops of saline to the de ionised water to avoid lt bottle empty alarm gt 4 1 5 Disinfectant The disinfectant is used to disinfect the waste system approximately 0 5 ml disinfectant is used after each pipette rinse The disinfectant bottle is a 5 liter container QRR 010947 Note Since January 2013 Disinfectant QRR 010932 is no longer be used and is replaced by QRR 010947 See Information bulletin IB 2013001 4 1 6 Cleaning solution The cleaning agent needs to be prepared for a cleaning procedure which is used in level 4 maintenance 1 Fill a container with hot 80 de ionised water 2 Add cleaning agent QRR 010905 to the container 3 Stir well Do not shake 4 2 Waste container The w
174. e action InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 195 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Trouble shooting mechatronics General errors Extra information DEE Barcode is not accepted Barcode cannot be read Data is incorrect Check barcode QC sample is not accepted and StaRRsed Control ID is not e Check barcode not performed known in LIMS QC result is not visible in QC A specific QC result cannot be Check Lab ID link History found in the list of results Deviating results Extra information Systematic QC errors with a shift in control values QC results are out of range Systematic QC errors with a trend in control values QC results out of the range or nearly out of the range Note on QC Errors The measured control values change abruptly up or downwards Do not compare 30 minute method with 60 minute method result The calculation method can give some deviation in the general QC results statistics The measured control values change gradually upwards or downwards foun ooo instrument and perform a new QC sample If these errors persist perform maintenance step Compare only results from one batch If Lab ID is used check the linked StaRRsed Control ID It is possible that a new batch is in use without changing to the new assayed mean value Irregular or insufficient maintenance can cause unnecessary QC errors and ESR errors warnings Error messages are only shown and stored in QC results an
175. e 225 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RI mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix 60 minutes reporting Colums Patient number Not corrected 30 minute ESR result only in use if 30 minute mode is active Not corrected 60 minute ESR result 60 minute ESR result in millimeters corrected for 18 only in use if temperature correction is active Aspect clear hazy Manually entered code number Sedimentation pipette number number on the pipette belt Actual sedimentation time in minutes 9 Temperature in degrees Centigrade 10 Error message if the Analyser detects an error 11 EDTA mode Poh gt ONDA REPORT EXAMPLE Not to scale StaRRsed Date 20 05 14 Time 15 28 1 234 58 6789 _ v0 n 905001 84 75 CLEAR 17 60 23 EDTA 905002 14 13 Hazy lt 10mm 18 60 23 EDTA 905003 22 21 Hazy lt 25mm 19 60 23 EDTA 905004 67 61 Hazy gt 25mm 20 60 23 EDTA 905005 CLEAR 3 21 60 23 EDTA 905006 5 5 CLEAR 22 60 23 EDTA 079 905007 24 60 23 Too many borders found 905008 25 60 23 L_err 84 75 200 EDTA 905002 905003 905004 Sample results with hazy aspect 905005 Sample result with a manual aspect where the manual aspect is shown as a number 3 in column 6 of this data record sample 905006 In this sample the dilution rate has a dilution failure of 21 and that is printed as EDTA 079 905007 Sample results with a text error This sample gives Too ma
176. e PC software 2 When the error occurs again switch OFF all units and call for service Page 192 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 19 Communication error E2 Error E2 appears if there is a communication problem between the InteRRliner V8 and computer During startup 3 retries are performed the software checks the availability of all needed connections Example of the message E2 Communication error Board Needle 56 Command 28 TWSR 0 E 3 The indication of the board gives the first location to check but because all PCB s are internally connected the error can be originated on another location in the instrument The other codes command XX TSWR XX and E XX are indicators for status actions from software and I2C connections Each board has its own range of commands and can not be explained in one way Most common solutions e Power cable not connected on the communication PCB mounted on the back panel e An 12C cable not connected e Serial cable not connected e No power on one of the PCB s e Short circuit or fault on one of the PCB s InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 193 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Trouble shooting 15 20 Quality control trouble shooting mechatronics Error messages Extra information as E115 QC expired not sampled E116 QC is out of acceptable range E117 Uncorrected QC result is out of acceptable range
177. e Slider motor Start pool Slider mechanically blocked Check Slider motor sensor Faulty Slider motor Broken wire s to Slider motor Faulty Slider motor driver on Start pool board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Rack Transport motor Start pool Rack Transport mechanically blocked Check transport sensors Check Rack Home sensor little red switch Faulty transport motor Broken wire s to transport motor Faulty transport motor driver on Start pool board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Ejector motor Start pool Ejector mechanically blocked Check ejector sensors Faulty ejector motor Broken wire s to ejector motor Faulty ejector motor driver on Start pool Page 249 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E4032 Start pool No ID match E4033 Start pool ESRI timeout Page 250 The InteRRliner transmitted e a request to the Host LIMS but the answer from the Host contained a different patient ID There was a communication error between the InteRRliner and the Compact The communication was interrupted mechatronics Check Host LIMS system Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Switching off the Compact could cause this error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are 12C errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s
178. e correction 75 with a correct column height 11 2 5 Reporting range The reporting range in the columns 2 3 and 4 are in millimeters The start of the measure range is at the top of the meniscus down to 140 mm If the detection of cells plasma is over 140 mm then the report will be gt 140 Page 156 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Reporting 11 2 6 Aspect Hazy The automatic reading of the Westergren sedimentation pipettes is carried out by moving an optical sensor along the pipettes While the sensor is moving a reading is made every 0 25 mm The sensor is reading the absorption of infra red light through the Westergren pipette filled with blood From these readings values at a number of absorption levels are determined All absorption figures are relative to the darkest and lightest reading darkest 100 and the lightest 0 absorption respectively By definition the levels are 87 5 Cells plasma separation 75 0 Hazy detection 50 0 Meniscus detection hazy gt 25mm hazy 1025mm 25 hazy lt 10mm _10 dear lt 3mm _3 cells p 100 clear hazy lt 10 mm dynamicaly determined measure Dr 40 out off arca 20 sO 100 159 200 250 pipet column bottom sedimentation 110mm height Graphic showing typical absorption values of a sample InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 157 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Reporting T
179. e holder to the right 2 The fill nozzle can now be removed 2 The holder can now be removed 3 Disconnect the silicon tube from the fill nozzle The use of a toothbrush and detergent is recommended 1 Carefully scrub the fill nozzle inner part 2 Use a tissue to dry the fill nozzle Replace O ring Remove the O ring QWLV050004 Install new O ring QWLV050004 Page 378 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Assemble fill nozzle holder Assemble fill nozzle Push the plastic top part down against the spring pressure 1 1 Connect the silicon tube to the fill nozzle 2 Put the fill nozzle into the holder Turn the plastic top part until you hear 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards and turn of feel a click the holder to the left 2 Turn the plastic top part clokwise for 1 5 turns 2 Clean Liquid Separator and exchange filters Removing 1 Open the left cover and remove the waste container The liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Disconnect the silicon tube from the tube connection on the top section 5 Remove bacterial HEPA filter 6 Remove and disassemble the liquid separator Cleaning 1 Clean all parts with hot water and a brush 2
180. e in the pump plate holder SS Nn eS Page 380 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 7 Pull the new tube over the peristaltic pump rotor 8 Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the back of the InteRRliner V8 4 Fill and clean Cleaning agent preparation InteRRliner V8 Compact Fill and clean This cycle takes about 90 minutes 1 Fill the clean adapter EHST110907 with hot de ionized water 100 ml 2 Add 10 ml cleaning agent QRR 010905 to the hot water in the adapter 3 Place the cap on the adapter and mix well 4 Put the adapter with cleaning solution on the lower tube holder 5 Select MAINTENANCE tab PRIME CLEAN button FILL AND CLEAN InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 381 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Pipette data will be lost lt gt Use Fill amp Clean adapter ON Start Fill and clean procedure Select button OK The adapter will be transported to the needle position The needle goes down and the fill and clean process is started When all the pipettes are filled the needle goes back to the home position and the adapter is moved to the release position and will be transported into the End pool a ee a 5 Sensor check Vacuum pressure check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FLOW SENSOR box Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs
181. e sampler section and will be processed by the sampler The InteRRliner controls all the belt movements and rack transports The InteRRliner is also controlling the host communication between Compact and Lab communication system 4 3 5 General settings Check the general settings and select the required options 30 minutes Default is OFF Display dilution Default is OFF EDTA mode Default is ON Display graph Default is OFF Sample probe protection Default is ON Temperature correction Default is ON Fast filling Default is ON Virtual keyboard Default is ON 9 Print after measurement Default is OFF 10 Check for duplicate ID s 11 Check the limit filter settings as recommended set by default Som ec Page 32 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Installation The tab Settings is protected by the password Select the tab Settings type the password 3964 and press the ENTER key 4 3 5 1 EDTA settings Before you run large batch of samples check on the Main screen the EDTA indicator is displayed EDTA can be set in the menu SETTINGS Toggle the EDTA mode switch to the ON status for using EDTA blood samples and toggle the switch to the OFF status for using citrate blood samples 4 3 5 2 60 or 30 minute method Check which mode the Auto Compact has to be run the 60 minute method default or the 30 minute method 30 minute method can be set in menu SETTINGS Toggle the 30 min
182. e samples to inspect the dilution rate again 6 6 2 4 Diluent flow check Diluent flow check The Diluent flow check is default switched ON When the flow sensor is still giving errors after trouble shooting and there are no detectable faults in the liquid flow use the switch OFF function This check is now not active call for service Page 96 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 3 Limit error settings C_N Sample li History fe Reagents Maintenance Settings Service Al i Limit error settings CC E Send resuts when time exceeded BD Send resuts wth diution errors lio gt send results with rem height errors Ba CLB send results with bubbles en top warning LC E Sind rasus with hazy aspect DEI Hazy lt 10 CI Hazy lt 25 lues gt 25 Ce Send resus when temperature exceeded T lt J kae T gt gzs C When an option is set to YES and this imit error occurs Eet SE When an option is set to NO and this imit error occurs results are not printedisend to the LIMS The screen Limit error settings has the following options SEND RESULTS WHEN TIME EXCEEDED e setto YES always transmit results to the output e set to NO transmit no results to the output when the ESR time is outside the selected range SEND RESULTS WITH DILUTION ERRORS e setto YES always transmit results to the output e set to NO transmit no results to
183. e software interface is described in the chapter History screen on page 46 StaRRsed Control should be disposed of as medical waste 10 2 6 QC Results The measured QC results are compared with the Assay mean value and the acceptable range The applicable values for the acceptable range depend on the user setting See chapter QC Settings on page 98 for more information If applicable the QC result is reported to LIMS using the chosen settings regarding temperature correction display of dilution rate and limit error settings InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 149 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Quality control 10 2 6 1 QC Error messages The general ESR errors and warnings are also applied on the QC results see ESR Error and Warning code messages on page 155 When the result is within range no message is shown When the result is out of range an error message is shown in the status line of the Sample screen and the QC icon is blinking on the Sample screen When the sample mode is started again by the operator the following messages appears Last QC result was out of range Continuing could produce incorrect results Do you still want to continue Press Accept to continue sampling without performing a new QC press Cancel to return and take appropriate action Messages when the general setting Temperature Correction is switched ON e E116 QC is out of acceptable range The Sample mode is switched
184. e tube s back in the rack the rack moves one position and the robotic arm picks up the next tubes The first tube is then placed in the sample tube adapter of the ESR analyser The analyser starts the aspirating procedure and in the meantime the robotic arm starts mixing the remaining tubes When the aspirating cycle is finished the tubes are placed back into the rack and the sequence starts all over again As soon as the rack has been processed completely it is moved to the conveyor belts shifting mechanism released to the conveyor belt and transported to the End Pool ATTENTION The quality of the barcode labels is of critical importance for the correct function of the sample robot Labels may not come loose or have dog ears Poor label quality cannot be compensated by mechanical adjustments Page 24 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics General safety instructions 3 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The instrument described in this manual is designed to be used by properly trained personnel only For the correct and safe use of this instrument it is essential that both operating and servicing personnel follow generally accepted safety procedures in addition to the safety precautions specified in this manual e Execute your work according to this manual Read the instructions before operating the instrument Observe all cautionary markings in the manual and on the instrument Keep this manual f
185. eRRliner did not receive an answer Ack Nack from the Host LIMS system after sending a sample result record to the Host The InteRRliner did not receive an answer Ack Nack from the Host LIMS system after sending a flag record to the Host mechatronics Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Check baudrate settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Check baudrate settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Check baudrate settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport Start Pool motors errors have numbers from 24 till 26 and can give time outs Time out means that the software does not receive any response after the motion is started Common solution to solve this problem check if there is an object in the way or stuck Remove the object and press the F3 key on the InteRRliner key pat
186. easure and send the ESR results on time to the printer but the rinse and fill sequences are stopped until the error is solved InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 159 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Compact system messages e The Separator container has a level detector If the Fatal Separator error message is indicated on the display the Compact will stop the rinse cycle until the separator is empty e The cause of this problem can be foam or the waste pump is not working The Compact will continue to measure and send the ESR results on time to the printer but the rinse and fill sequences are stopped until the error solved 12 2 Test messages During the start up sequence all the positing sensors are tested if incorrect the instrument will generate a Test message Switch printer on Test fill nozzle unit Test rinse unit Test measure unit Test needle unit Test drive unit le E 12 3 System time out lt xxxx gt If during normal operation the following system time out errors occur call distributor or local supplier of this instrument These errors are usually fatal and need engineer s assistance Drive unit Measure unit Rinse unit Fill nozzle unit Needle adapter Sample probe Ol ON 12 4 Error messages The following error messages may occur during normal operation Vacuum error Vacuum stabilisation error Fill time out error Diluter error Position error Up sensor or down
187. eate the link The barcode symbology is Code 39 When StaRRsed Control label or a linked user barcode label is used e The StaRRsed software recognises the StaRRsed Control sample by the structure of the barcode which contains the following information Level A or N the expected mean value and range and the expiry date e The history of QC results is maintained internally Error messages are generated when the QC results are outside the acceptable range e QC samples can be optionally requested by the LIMS and QC results can be send to the LIMS StaRRsed Control can be used on StaRRsed analysers in EDTA or in Citrate mode Quality Control sampling can be performed at any time during the normal ESR procedure depending on users Quality Control schedule Quality Control scheduling is the responsibility of the user The StaRRsed software does not provide Quality Control scheduling functionality Page 148 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Quality control 10 2 5 Quality control procedure StaRRsed Control is provided in ready to use sample tubes and is used in the same manner as patient samples StaRRsed Control is to be used for the Westergren method with dilution only as prescribed by the ICSH review of the measurement of the ESR 2011 and the CLSI Procedures for the ESR Test Approved standard H02 A5 2011 Citrate mode When the StaRRsed analyzer is used in the Citrate mode the StaRR
188. echatronics SO InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 1 Display pipette data History e dch II Wu TOE i This table shows information of the samples in the carousel during the selected ESR process time After measuring the pipette the pipette data is transferred to the sample history files In the header of the table the names of the columns are shown Double click the header of any column to sort the table by this column in ascending order InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 47 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 2 Display Sample history C mm Sample History Settings Service EE ff i Select date to show results 30 01 2012 27 01 2012 26 01 2012 5 01 2012 31 01 2012 08 44 04 31 01 2012 08 23 07 31 01 2012 08 23 36 31 01 2012 08 24 05 31 01 2012 08 41 38 317o1j2012 08 24 53 31 01 2012 08 25 41 IS 31 01 2012 31 01 2012 08 28 54 31 01 2012 08 29 42 31 01 2012 08 30 27 317012012 06 31 16 i 31 08 2012 10 29 24 31 01 2012 09 47 53 31 01 2012 09 52 44 31 01 2012 08 38 43 31 01 2012 10 26 12 31 01 2012 09 36 28 31 01 2012 13 18 26 60 ee EW 60 Teo en Le 60 60 60 tae ep en 166 60 et e 60 60 a 60 160 60 In the window Select date to show results double click on the file name to select the results of the selected date Press Refresh to refresh the
189. eertrrrrnrreserrrrernnnnesseren et 165 13 4 4 Fill nozzle O ring replacement AEN 166 13 4 5 Fill and clean GEO icccccsvsceoresscnirersincartslmscnerdecere we eediecored ESA 166 13 5 Level 3 maintenance eee ee ne ee a ee 168 13 6 Level 2 maintenance ke 168 13 7 CSTV le 169 ER e ECH EE LTE 169 14 DATA SAFETY MANAGEMENT 2 eeebagkeestesseeeseeeee gege SES 171 14 1 Power Tel emsoss gees 171 14 2 RS 232 serial CUNO iedoredereccsdisraaeecnciecds bias nieseceienerneadeeenniatendobeainienninieccdereettencnes 171 14 3 Specifications for the RS232 port vsiececcancesscsctcecasnehieidsthtenaeetinendeatsncaiweneiadenss 171 14 4 DANA Run Dn 172 14 4 1 Output ee 172 14 4 2 Specifications for the RS232 port of the Gtart Pool 172 14 4 3 Folder Structure on EE 172 15 TROUBLE SHOOTING vss ccc cs ccs ee ee ete te 173 15 1 PONS tel EIER aradetctarctenct crcinicsenetiecestetanienece pean beedeterniacenctaresmietanecdiaeaeninetias 173 15 1 1 Rinse solution not primed through the system 173 15 1 2 Rinse solution spilling over the msirument cece eeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 174 15 1 3 Rinse pump failure ss cecevecsceninis sccendecizeasgcasseesnasezenasensdeanseasedertesdananceans 174 Page 10 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Contents 15 1 4 Sample probe is not washed after aspiration sseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 174 15 1 5 Saline dripping in the sample tube adatter ennenen 175 15 1 6 SGI
190. en Check general ESR data see ESR Error on page 155 Check sample tube volume Try new QC sample tube QC result with ESR warning ESR Result is given Check general ESR data general ESR Warnings on page 155 Check limit settings Screen messages Extra information Es QC icon is blinking at Sample The last QC sample was not e Press on QC icon screen within acceptable range or has e Press Accept to no result continue sampling without performing a new QC continuing could produce incorrect results Press Cancel to return Try new QC sample tube normal samples will be finished QC result out of range e Perform anew QC sample normal samples will be finished e If this error persists check clean instrument QC sample expired e Use anew batch of Starrsed Control It is not possible to link this Lab The Linked QC ID s table may Consider changing ID Lab ID is already linked only contain one link to a AUTOMATICALLY REMOVE LINKED QC particular Lab ID ID AFTER RESULT option to YES Last QC result was out of Result of last QC sample was The last QC result should be range Continuing could not within acceptable range evaluated by authorized staff produce incorrect results Do to decide whether the you still want to continue InteRRliner V8 may run patient samples depending on the the nature of errors e Press Yes to continue sampling without performing a new QC press No to return and take appropriat
191. ensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE This screen is divided in 6 maintenance level sections For maintenance levels 1 to 4 the status is monitored and flagged if it is overdue Press the button Info to open the work instruction for a specific maintenance level When this maintenance is done press the button Done to log the completed work in the maintenance log file 6 5 6 Close EE Start End of day wash procedure or close program Make the selection End of day wash procedure or Close program End of day wash procedure will start to wash all pipettes needle fill nozzle and rinse nozzle wash station The function can be set up for automatic execution in the following screen Close program will only close down the program Page 84 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 7 End of day wash schedule settings End of day wash procedure All pipettes will be washed once needle fill nozzle and rinse nozzle wash station are primed a Shutdown settings Select the time of the day in hours and minutes for automatic start of this function 6 5 8 End of day wash options End of day wash procedure All pipettes will be washed once needle fill nozzle and rinse nozzle wash station are primed 4 Shutdown settings f No Shutdown Immediately The following settings can be selected for the function e No
192. er 3 attempts it will stop communication and generate an error Request string example Sample ID 123456789 Request string ESRSR 123456789 R 31 bytes Sample result e Checksum ON OFF user defined e 30 minute output ON OFF user defined The sample result will be output according to the standard Compact StaRRsed ESR string See String format for StaRRsed If the host computer receives the result string it should reply by sending an ACK or a NACK e If the InteRRliner V8 receives an ACK it will start sending the next result e If the InteRRliner V8 receives a NACK it will send the result string again After 3 attempts it will start sending the next result e If the InteRRliner V8 does not get any response from the host timeout 10 sec it will send the result string again After 3 attempts it will stop communication and generate an error InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 307 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 OPUS string format stx PPPPPPPPPP www WWW AAAAAAAAmm ppp TTT CC EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE MMMMMMMMMM cr lf eot stx 80 data characters cr H eot Checksum OFF 60 min stx 80 data characters cr etx cs eot Checksum ON 60 min f Data consists if 30 min output is switched to OFF Postion Deseripton Format CS Patient identification text PPPPPPPPPP E S R in mm 60 minute www 2
193. er are connected in series No power on the Transport board 12C cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series No power on the End pool board I2C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Start pool board EEPROM not mounted on Start pool board No power on one of the boards I2C cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series 14 E4014 Start pool There was an 12C e No power on one of the communication error boards Page 246 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics IIC status error E4015 Start pool IIC read_1 error E4016 Start pool IIC read_2 error E4017 Start pool TOO many Mess Text E4018 Start pool TOO many Menu items between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool There was an IOC communication error between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool There was an 12C communication error between the End pool or Transport unit and the Start pool The InteRRliner tried to load all the text messages according to the selected language but there were too many text messages in memory The InteRRliner tried to load all the menus according to the selected language but there were too many menu items in memory
194. er needle replacement e Clean the outer needle with disinfectant 4 Check tubing from the syringe for trapped air bubbles Check Diluent syringe for trapped air bubbles 6 If trapped air bubbles are found go to tab MAINTENANCE click button PRIME CLEAN ON PAGE 73 and perform the PRIME DILUENT function 7 Wipe outer surface and stainless steel plate below the pipettes with disinfectant on Page 360 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 RR mechatronics Work instruction Number 204 Page 1 of 2 Purpose Check sensor values Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 January 2014 Check sensor values in Service mode InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 361 mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Vacuum pressure check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FLOW SENSOR box Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs 0300 380 0390 Offset 0045 0050 0055 If the flow is not in range there might be a blockage in the vacuum flow line to the flow sensor Fill Stop sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FILL STOP SENSOR box Fillstop sensor FS 90 140 165 Diluter Start sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select DILUTER START SENSOR box Diluter start sensor 400 700 Measure sensor check e Go to tab M
195. ers The following items need to be replaced annually NOP ON gt All tubing ESRIO79200 and additional tube set Waste pump motor ESRI090920 Waste pump cassette ESRI090921 Blue Vacuum filter disc Part no QWLV040003 Fill block washer Part no ESRI030906 Waste container filter disc QWLV040001 only applicable if internal waste container is used Teflon tip of syringe on the Diluter assembly The following items need to be checked and replaced if needed annually 1 Outer needle and sample probe 2 Pipette valves bodies and replace if necessary 84 pieces QTST040001 Check 1 Adjustment of fill nozzle and rinse nozzle InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 349 E mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 RR mechatronics Work instruction Number 201 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Disassembly and assembly of the fill nozzle Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision Draft February 2005 Instructions for disassembling and assembling the fill nozzle Note For the O ring replacing only take the top part away from the fill nozzle Page 350 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 RR mechatronics Work instruction Number 202 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Cleaning the fill nozzle Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 March 2014
196. ersion 41 Specific laboratory practices and requirements 37 Specifications for the RS232 port 171 Specifications for the RS232 port of the Start Pool 172 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES S O P 35 StaRRsed Incident Report 26 Start pool 143 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Start Pool 198 Start up first time 30 Status 44 Stickers of the reagents containers 39 System messages 159 System time out lt xxxx gt 160 T Technical specifications 19 Temperature correction 148 389 Temperature sensor 79 Test messages 160 The numbers from 00 till 06 212 The numbers from 20 till 31 213 The numbers from 35 till 41 215 The numbers from 51 till 55 217 The numbers from 63 till 71 220 The numbers from 80 till 84 218 TROUBLE SHOOTING 173 TROUBLE SHOOTING INTERRLINER TRANSPORT 197 Tube adapter 182 Tube adapter does not close 182 Tube rack feeding 32 Turn off 146 U Unidirectional 390 Usage options 148 USB IO Device 109 V Vacuum 179 Vacuum error 180 Vacuum stabilisation problems 179 Valve control 112 Version information 43 WwW Wash all pipettes 74 Wash each pipette 74 Wash only sample pipettes 74 Wash station 42 Waste container 29 Waste line connection to central waste system 29 Weekly 161 162 WI 390 WORK INSTRUCTION INTERRLINER V8 334 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Index Page 395
197. es the tube into the needle unit to be aspirated ATTENTION It is not allowed to change sample tubes in a rack or remove sample tubes while the rack is processed This may cause malfunction of the instrument Note BE SURE THAT THE COMPACT IS SET TO THE CORRECT MODE i e EDTA or CITRATE Page 144 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Operation 9 2 Checks during operation e Perform regularly visual checks for air bubbles in the sample pipettes see Air bubbles on page 183 e Check regularly the ESR statistics in the software for any increase in ESR errors haziness dilution errors or bubbles on top warnings see ESR Statistics screens on page 53 In case of a considerable number of pipettes with air bubbles e Perform the necessary maintenance or contact the service representative InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 145 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Operation 9 3 Turn off It is recommended to turn the InteRRliner V8 off at the end of the day Before the instrument is turned off it is good practice to carry out the Daily maintenance on page 161 or at least the End of day wash procedure This will help to keep the instrument clean and almost free of bacterial growth for a period of days Note The InteRRliner V8 may remain switched ON continuously However the customer should consider environmental issues such as energy consumption when the instrument is not t
198. esh to refresh the list of available files In the window Sample ID type the sample ID information and press Search Press Options for the following search options Show today s results Show today s results from a selected time frame of the day Show results of a number of past days Default value is set for 7 days Show results of a specific day Show results of the range between the first selected date to the next selected date InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 49 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program mechatronics From the selected Sample ID detailed information is shown on this screen Sample ID ASPECT code ESR 30 min ESR 60 min ESR 60 min T Corr Date time ESR time min Dilution TEMPERATURE Pipet number Error code Page 50 Sample Identification number Shows the aspect code e g Hazy lt 10 The 30 minute method is used This is the measured 30 minutes value When the 60 minute method is used this is the measured 60 minutes value When the 30 minutes method is used this is the calculated 60 minutes value Temperature correction is used This is the 60 minutes value corrected to 18 Date and time of the measurement of the result Actual duration of the ESR The calculated dilution rate after aspiration of the sample Room temperature at the time of the measureme nt of the sample Pipette in which the sample was measured Shows any ESR error code e g Too man
199. evator or Indexer board EEPROM not mounted on Elevator or Indexer board EEPROM mounted on both Elevator and Indexer boards Only one board must have the EEPROM installed Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Elevator or Indexer board Settings can be checked by service engineer with the Test program for InteRRliner amp Compact Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Elevator or Indexer board Settings can be checked by service engineer with the Test program for InteRRliner amp Compact InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E165 12C communication error between Compact PC and Indexer board E166 DC communication error between Compact PC and Elevator board E167 12C communication error between Compact PC and Elevator Indexer or Needle board E168 IC communication error between Compact PC and Diluter or Needle board E169 I2C communication error between Compact PC and Drive board InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN There was a communication error between the Indexer board and the main processor during an 12C operation There was a communication error between the Elevator board and the main processor during an 12C operation There was a communication error between the Elevator Indexer or Needle board and the main processor during an 12C operation There was a communication error between the Diluter or Needle board and the main processor during an 1
200. eviation of all QC results compared with the expected ESR e Coefficient of variation ratio of the standard deviation to the expected ESR expressed ina percentage e Number of QC results This graph gives a first indication of the measuring stability of the InteRRliner V8 Further analysis and identification of systematic errors have to be performed in the user s Quality Control System CLOSE Return to History Screen Page 60 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RQ mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 5 7 Display sample history QC Eege die yn fe Reagents Parr This screen shows all patient results that have been measured after the selected QC result and up to the following QC result The results are presented in the layout of the DISPLAY SAMPLE HISTORY on page 48 screen Depending on the frequency of QC samples related patient results may span over multiple days and are listed per date All general ESR data and errors of QC samples are shown here InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 61 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 5 8 Linked QC ID s wah OC Statistics and Results Use this screen to link the StaRRsed Control sample ID with a Lab ID or to check which links are active 1 StaRRsed Control sample ID Enter the lot number or scan the barcode from the original StaRRsed Control tube label If the original label is already covered by t
201. f pipettes are not dried after the wash cycle the following items need to be checked 1 Does the vacuum pump work e Check the vacuum pressure by using the option CHECK FLOW SENSOR 2 Rinse vacuum control valve not working technical assistance is needed 3 Waste separator leaking remove separator and reassemble 4 Rinse nozzle not aligning e Re alignment for the rinse nozzle technical assistance is needed 15 2 Liquid level sensor not sensing 1 Liquid in the container is not detected This occurs sometimes with the DE IONIZED WATER bottle and is caused by a very low conductivity 2 Add one or two drops of SALINE to the DE IONIZED WATER to increase the conductivity InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 175 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN E mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 3 Diluter 15 3 1 Diluter system not sufficiently primed Before aspirating the citrate system must be free of air bubbles Select MAINTENANCE gt PRIME gt PRIME DILUENT vacuum pump is on and system must be filled with Diluent When the citrate is priming liquid should be seen flowing through the tube connection to the fill nozzle cap Occasionally when the diluter system is primed for the first time air locks occur in the tubing and the diluter will not self prime If this occurs disconnect the luer fitting at the syringe and connect a syringe filled with Diluent to the tubing and fill system manually Check pick up tube at the Diluent container
202. filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are displayed in their own line of the diagram InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 91 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 1 4 Flow test leakage LS a WEI US 2 Ths ts D 7 Tie US i Sis Pipette flow test Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt PIPETTE DATA WILL BE LOST gt is displayed This test is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are displayed in their own line of the diagram 6 6 1 5 Flow test Fill sensor air x lalulgasisiazizsls io W w w w 7 Postin Pipette flow test Before the confirmation of the function the warning lt PIPETTE DATA WILL BE LOST gt is displayed This test is a useful function for checking the pipette position adjustment vacuum adjustment and filling height sensor positioning adjustment Each individual pipette is tested and results are displayed in their own line of the diagram Page 92 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 1 6 Flow test Fill sensor glass Ei en KI KA Ki 954 E ESI E Le Ki FA ES ES G o 1 10 2 mm a o 7 Postion Pipette flow test
203. found No ESR result is given 1 Check that tube connections are not leaking 2 Check the fill nozzle condition e Inspect for any cracks or deep scratches in the base that holds the fill nozzle washer or O ring Check for air in diluter system Check that the sample probe O ring is not leaking 5 Check transparent T piece or Y piece block for cracks e w InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 183 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Trouble shooting KZ mechatronics 15 7 2 Pipette looks like zebra crossing If this always occurs in the same pipette check the bottom of the pipette for the following 1 Glass may be chipped e Replace pipette 2 Dirt e g dried blood e Clean the pipette e Check disinfectant flow at the rinse nozzle 3 Perpendicularity and straightness of the bottom face e Replace pipette If this happens randomly or with each pipette check the following 1 Fill nozzle O ring or flat washer 2 Fill nozzle alignment to pipette e Check the nozzle arm is tight on the rear vertical shaft Usually engineer s assistance is required A pipette which looks like zebra crossing gives ESR Error 3 15 7 3 One air bubble about 5 mm under meniscus Page 184 The filling aspiration speed is not critical but should be within certain limits 1 If just one air bubble is found about 5mm below the meniscus the filling speed may be too high 2 The blood column should not exceed the filling height
204. from the needle assembly of the Compact to the Home position Actual position shows the position of the Elevator e Step LEFT The Elevator will move in steps to the left e Step RIGHT The Elevator will move in steps to the right InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 259 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 The following INDEXER settings can be set 1 RACKIN position e Moves the Indexer to the rack in position e The rack IN position is set at 30700 no need to change the value RACK TEST position e Moves the Indexer to the rack test position N e The rack Test position has a default value this value can not be changed 3 Rack BARCODE position e Moves the Indexer to the barcode reader position e The rack Barcode position is set at 27900 no need to change the value Rack FILL position e Moves the Indexer to the rack fill position aa e The rack Fill position has a default value this value can not be changed 5 Rack Mix position e Moves the Indexer to the mix position e The rack Mix position is set at 500 no need to change the value 6 Rack HOME e Moves the Indexer to the home position 7 Indexer CLAMP e OPEN the Indexer clamp e CLOSE the indexer clamp 8 Actual position shows the position of the Indexer e Step LEFT The Indexer will move in steps to the left e Step RIGHT The Indexer will move in steps to the right Note When the settings need to be changed enter
205. g ESR 60 Uncorrected result from QC sample ESR 60 T Corr Temperature corrected result from QC sample T Temperature at which the sample was measured Error Warning Only special QC errors are mentioned here general ESR warnings errors are mentioned in the next column After these columns additional data is shown pipette number dilution rate ESR30 ESR time and Aspect Scroll to the right Results are always shown with and without Temperature correction independent of the setting TEMP CORRECTION ON or OFF The following options can be selected RELATED PATIENT RESULTS This screen is simular to the Display sample history screen The background colour of the patient history table is switched to light yellow to distinguish these QC related patient results from the standard patient history table Depending on the frequency of QC samples related patient results may span over multiple days and are listed per date EXPORT TO EXCEL CSV Results can be exported to a CSV file and imported in an MS Excel file for further analyses BATCH All used batches of StaRRsed Control are shown results are shown for chosen batch ID CLOSE Return to History Screen InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 55 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 5 2 QC normal results screen extended ma OC Statistics and Results QC NORMAL Statistics amp Results CO Errorjwarning E117 Uncorrected QC result is t I
206. gh ESR value Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range e ESR Time e Column height e Dilution e Bubbles on top e Hazy aspect e Temperature Page 320 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Sysmex SE9000 protocol SE9000 Sample data record format 234 bytes This is a modified data record from SE9000 without instrument ID Sample data record format 234 bytes Parameter tot Comment WER 23 Day 23 Sample distinction code Rack no 1234 Rack number 1234 ID information 4 Barcode from barcode label Analysis information NEG POS ERR information POSITIVE diff zs POSITIVE morph Ea POSITIVE count ERROR func ERROR result RE Order information Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve IP message information 0 BC e 123000 Esr value 123 mm N Day Tube positio
207. gs on the barcode reader are not activated rack labels with a check digit can be handled with this option 3 RESET e Reset the Indexer and the elevator 4 BARCODE MANIPULATOR e Barcode manipulator to the UP position e Barcode manipulator to the DOWN position 5 BARCODE ROTATE MOTOR e Barcode motor STOP turning e Barcode motor turns LEFT e Barcode motor turns RIGHT 6 BARCODE READER e Shows the Barcode which is read e READ BARCODE For testing the barcode reader Page 102 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 1 1 Elevator screen a Reagents Maintenance Elevator 73000 Beats TOP position EE Ces U d This menu has all the functions related to the following items 1 General screen on page 101 2 Elevator screen on page 103 3 Indexer screen on page 104 The following Elevator settings can be made 1 ELEVATOR TO TOP POSITION e This function send the elevator to the top position e The top position is set default at 75500 no need to change the default value ELEVATOR TO FILL POSITION e This function send the elevator to the fill position e The fill position is set default at 64000 no need to change the default value ELEVATOR TO HOME POSITION e This function send the elevator to the Home position ELEVATOR RESET InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 103 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN
208. h Errors generated by LAB COMM and host communications have error numbers 32 and from 49 till 54 Common solution to solve this problem e Check the data cable is connected to the host system LAB COMM e Check the host system is switched ON e Restart the host system Eprom Checksum error can be reset by the function Save settings in Menu 2 Check if all functions are operational If not change the settings of that particular unit After finishing go to the Save settings menu Menu 2 and press Enter See for the complete list of the numbers Appendix Error list InteRRliner rack transport on page 246 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 205 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 2 Conveyer belt Middle section Note If an error occurs on the rack transport system e Remove all racks from the passageways not from the storage areas e Reset the alarm by pressing F3 e Incase the error remains switch OFF the power supply inside the cabinet wait a few seconds then switch ON again e If the error remains or occurs frequently contact your distributor or service agency An Error number produced by the Conveyer belt is showed on the display of the Start Pool E0062 Transport 1 4 A rack was lost during Removing the rack transportation from Start during transportation pool to Compact could cause this error This is normal Supply rack lost Rack mechanically blocke
209. h hot de ionized water 100 ml 2 Add 10 ml cleaning agent QRR 010905 to the hot water in the adapter 3 Place the cap on the adapter and mix well 4 Put the adapter with cleaning solution on the lower tube holder 5 Select MAINTENANCE tab PRIME CLEAN button FILL AND CLEAN Pipette data will be lost Gah Use Fill amp Clean adapter ON Page 372 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Start Fill and clean procedure 1 Select button OK 2 The adapter will be transported to the needle position 3 The needle goes down and the fill and clean process is started 4 When all the pipettes are filled the needle goes back to the home position and the adapter is moved to the release position and will be transported into the End pool 5 Sensor check Vacuum pressure check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FLOW SENSOR box Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs 0300 380 0390 Offset 0045 0050 0055 If the flow is not in range there might be a blockage in the vacuum flow line to the flow sensor Fill Stop sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FILL STOP SENSOR box Fillstop sensor FS 90 140 165 Diluter Start sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select DILUTER START SENSOR box Diluter start sensor 400 700 Measure sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt
210. he sedimentation value is the distance in millimeters between the cells plasma level 87 5 absorption and the meniscus If there is no haze the absorption drops quickly to a value below the 75 level If the distance between the 87 5 and the 75 level is less then 3mm the report will state CLEAR If the distance between 87 5 and 75 level is more than 3mm then the report will state HAZY Depending on the length of the hazy area three classes of haziness are reported ve e area class Hazy area area Hazy area gt 25mm 25mm Hazy gt 25mm Hazy gt 25mm mm Hazy reports are shown when the change from the hazy level to the cell plasma separation level occurs not within a given distance The following code messages are reported in column 5 11 2 6 1 Analyser HAZY code messages This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined 0 Sample is clear 1 Sample is Hazy lt 10 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings Page 158 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Compact system messages 12 COMPACT SYSTEM MESSAGES The Compact generates four main types of error messages e System messages e Test messages e System time out messages e Error messages 12 1 System messages During normal operation the follo
211. he home position within a certain time limit The Rack Transport motor Start pool did not reach the front or back position within a certain time limit The Ejector motor Start pool did not reach the left or right position within a certain time limit Or the motor was stopped due to a maximum current mechatronics 24C01 on Start pool board EEPROM not mounted on Start pool board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Slider motor Start pool Slider mechanically blocked Check Slider motor sensor Faulty Slider motor Broken wire s to Slider motor Faulty Slider motor driver on Start pool board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Rack Transport motor Start pool Rack Transport mechanically blocked Check transport sensors Check Rack Home sensor little red switch Faulty transport motor Broken wire s to transport motor Faulty transport motor driver on Start pool board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Ejector motor Start pool Ejector mechanically blocked Check ejector sensors InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E4032 Start pool No ID match E4033 Start pool ESRI timeout InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN The InteRRliner transmitted e a request to the Host LIMS but the answer from the Host contained a different patient ID There was a c
212. he Lab ID label find the lot number and barcode on the package insert 2 Lab ID Enter the patient number or scan the barcode from the label that the lab is using to identify the sample 3 Click button Link ID s to add the linked ID s to the list The Date linked will be added automatically 4 Attach the Lab ID label on the StaRRsed Control sample tube so that the original barcode is completely covered to ensure that only the Lab ID barcode can be scanned by the InteRRliner V8 If the StaRRsed Control sample ID is not correct or the expiry date is exceeded a message will be shown and the ID s are not added to the list To remove a link that will no longer be used select the link in the table and click on REMOVE LINK Depending on the optional setting AUTOMATICALLY REMOVE LINKED QC ID AFTER RESULT SETTINGS QC SETTINGS ON PAGE 98 the links can be removed automatically when a usable ESR result has been reported for this particular Lab ID Page 62 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 5 9 QC Result analysis Authorized staff should identify and differentiate acceptable unacceptable random errors and trends and or shifts in systematic errors from the statistical data Depending on the users Quality Control Procedures analytical results could be accepted or rejected Changes in QC results can be gradual or abrupt Gradual changes can be caused by contamination a
213. he button MEASURE The pipette currently at the measure position will be measured The results are displayed in graphical form Raw data is also stored on the D drive D MeasureTest txt Measure head start position correct ee 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Measure head start position wrong Oe 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 NOTE Clean sensors first before executing this function NOTE When a test pipette is installed at the measuring position the result of the test pipette is displayed in the field ESR mm Page 80 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Re mechatronics ee InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 3 Display error history vm Sample Te History le Reagents s Maintenance Settings m Service 05 Oct 11 09 13 22 Dikuter start sensor checked 05 Oct 11 09 13 21 Fill stop sensor checked 05 Oct 11 09 12 20 Measure sensor 29 Sep 11 10 45 49 Separatorsensorn kontrollerad 29 Sep 11 10 45 48 Spddningsfiidessensorn kontrofersd 29 Sep 11 10 45 ail Temperatursensorn kontroller ach When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE All errors that occurred during operation are logged automatically This list can be used by field engineers to check check the status of the instrument and locate possible problems This log can be saved e g to a memory stick by clicking button Save As InteRRliner V8 User manual
214. he indexer and subsequently grabbed by it to be processed The InteRRliner controls all the belt movements rack transports and also the host communication between Compact and Lab communication system The Indexer is a carriage that grabs and holds the rack from the conveyor belt and performs a check for the presence of sample tubes and reads the barcode The indexer acts independently In case the barcode can not be read right away a tube rotator will rotate the sample tubes in the rack both clock wise and anti clockwise until the barcode reader reads the barcode The InteRRliner will send an inquiry and wait for the host to receive a YES or NO status for sampling In case the barcode is not readable the InteRRliner will set the status for this tube to N NO and this tube will not be processed Tubes with the status NO will not be processed by the analyzer After reading the barcodes the sample rack moves towards the robotic arm the arm moves forward and picks up at least one tube if present three tubes The tube s are turned up side down up nine times The robot places the tube s back in the rack the rack moves one position and the robotic arm picks up the next tubes The first tube is then placed in the sample tube adapter of the ESR analyser The analyser starts the aspirating procedure and in the meantime the robotic arm starts mixing the remaining tubes When the aspirating cycle is finished the tubes are placed back into the
215. he rack from the conveyer belt into the indexer See Menu M16 on page 135 Settings for the motor that pushes the rack out of the indexer See Menu M17 on page 136 Settings for the conveyer belt drive motor See Menu M18 on page 137 7 15 Menu M21 M4 2 Select language Menu M21 M4 on page 123 2 Select language 1 Nederlands 2 English 3 Deutsch InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Selects Dutch language Selects English language Selects German language Page 125 mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 16 Menu M19 M4 3 LAB COMM protocol Menu M19 M4 on page 123 3 LAB COMM protocol 1 SE 9000 ON Selects the SYSMEX SE 9000 type protocol as record for Lab Comm See Menu M23 on page 139 2 R 3500 OFF Selects the SYSMEX R 3500 type protocol as record for Lab Comm See Menu M24 on page 139 3 Tdlims OFF Select the Tdlims See Menu M25 on page 139 7 17 Menu M20 M4 4 Baud rate Menu M20 M4 on page 123 4 Baud rate 1 9600 8 n 1 Baud rate setting 9600 baud 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit shows selection is active 2 4800 8 n 1 Baud rates setting 4800 baud 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit shows selection is active 3 2400 8 n 1 Baud rate setting 2400 baud 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit shows selection is active 4 1200 8 n 1 Baud rate setting 1200 baud 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit shows selection is active
216. heck Out Front sensor of Sample unit in out Check unit front back motor Check front sensor of Tube unit front back Check outer needle up sensor Check outer needle motor Time out means that the software does not detect any responds back after the motion is started Common solution to solve this problem check if there is an object in the way or stuck See for the complete list on the numbers the Appendix Compact InteRRliner Errors numbers InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 221 R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 17 APPENDIX FOR INTERRLINER V8 Appendix section Page 222 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix Article reference list Compact InteRRliner Appendix for InteRRliner V8 The Compact InteRRliner is delivered with a complete accessories kit ESRI 110991 This reference list is for article order numbers only QWFG010200 QWFG010201 ESRI010246 QWLV040002 ESRI010907 QRR 010905 QRR 010931 QRR 010947 QRR 010933 QRR 010934 QRR 010945 QWLV050004 ESRI030903 QWLV050003 ESRI050909 QWLV040001 QWLV040003 ESRI090902 ESRI090903 ESRI090921 ESRI090026 QEPT100001 ESRI110001 ESRI110004 QEDV130022 QEDV130019 QWLV030901 QWLV050070 Poly cube container 5 liters Empty Disc filter 25mm Waste cont White Tube silicon 1 5 3 2 Fill amp clean Fuse 5 A 110V Slow 5x20 mm Fuse 2 5 A 230V Slow 5x20 mm
217. hes or sprays are anticipated during work outside a biological safety cabinet Transport materials outside of the laboratory using secondary containment and a cart Avoid public areas during transport Transfer materials to and from the MCG according to federal and international regulations Be familiar with written instructions for laboratory procedures and proper responses to emergencies Report spills exposures illnesses and injuries immediately InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 35 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Standard Operating Procedures S O P 5 2 S O P for working with bio hazardous materials Purpose To inform and educate all engineers that work with biohazards Effective Date July 27 2004 5 2 1 Facts and definitions Biological hazards are present in all human and animal tissues and body fluids The normal research activities carried out in a blood laboratory expose workers to human blood urine sweat semen saliva and muscle tissue For the purpose of assessing risk we assume that all volunteers to our clinical studies are not normal healthy individuals and take appropriate precautions We remain aware at all times that increased knowledge of disease transmission and occupational hazards may result in situations currently considered safe to be reclassified as having risk Universal Precautions describes a set of procedures for dealing with subjects based on the assumption that they a
218. hree borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 313 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 R mechatronics 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range ESR Time Column height Dilution Bubbles on top Hazy aspect Temperature Page 314 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix Sysmex R 3500 unidirectional protocol R 3500 sample data record format 202 bytes This is a modified data record coming from a R 3500 Sample data record format 202 bytes CH aloy OOOO ees o 05 Tube pesttoninrack 5 4 Barcode from barcode label ns Parameter Text distinction code ie Text distinction code II Sample distinction code D Month Year D lt Rack no Tube position no Sequence no ID information Sample ID number Instrument ID number Text distinction codel 1 D Text distinction code 1 7 Sample distinction code 1 u by 2
219. ht errors Send results with bubbles on top warning No No No No No Send results with hazy aspect Send results with temperature exceeded SETTINGS gt QC SETTINGS other options SERVICE gt SERIAL OUTPUT SETTINGS InteRRliner V8 settings Software l Default Setting Factory Setting Client Settings InteRRliner V8 S a connected to comport l o ASRL1 INSTR I o ASRL1 INSTR ns Printer port l o ASRL10 INSTR l o ASRL1 INSTR as Select barcode reader Opticon or Keyence Opticon or Keyence CF Search in example SERVICE gt SET LIMS COMMUNICATION SETTINGS Set serial output comport Software NEE Default Setting Factory Setting Client Settings Page 264 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KR mechatronics a Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Serial output comport l o ASRL2 INSTR_ I o ASRL2 INSTR an Baud rate 9600 9600 S Data bits Parity Stop bits Flow control TCP Port Set protocol settings Select protocol InteRRliner InteRRliner Send ESR on Warning aha InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 265 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Default Rack Transport settings InteRRliner V8 Motor diagnose information and settings Entry Pool Default Client Default Client Default Client Motor Entry Pool Time out EEN speed Speed delay Delay current counts counts 0 01 Sec 0 01 Sec 100 150 mA Slider Mo
220. ics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 227 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Preparation for temporary storage and starting operation after storage Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 002 june 2014 Preparing Compact for temporary storage Jm mb boah 9 10 11 12 13 14 Perform end of day wash Remove all reagent containers and replace with containers with DI water Start wash all pipettes Prime the diluter for 5 times Disconnect and remove reagent containers Perform Prime all until all liquid is removed from all tubing Remove tubing from rinse and saline pump Release tubing from pinch valves On the diluter sample valve and the big pinch valve next to the separator Check if the separator is clean Clean outside of the sample needle Clean outside of instrument Disconnect waste connection Disconnect power Cover machine as dust protection Before starting normal operation Compact ONO OP ON a k mk k sch sch OI OO P ob ch OH In case of physical removal of instrument check levelling Check tubes and replace tubes if needed Connect saline and rinse pump tubes Re install tubes in pinch valves Replace fill nozzle o ring Check needle condition Connect check reagent containers check expiry date of reagents Connect power Perform all prime steps separately and check liquid flow Perform Fill and clean Check if
221. ient a message is displayed and the alarm sounds InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 173 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics Trouble shooting 3 One of the tubes carrying the rinse solution may be blocked or kinked 15 1 2 Rinse solution spilling over the instrument If rinse solution spills over the top of the pipettes the following items must be checked 1 Is the vacuum pump working Check the vacuum pressure Check the airflow go to MAINTENANCE tab CHECK SENSORS and select CHECK FLOW SENSOR Note In Sample mode the indicators are shown green the vacuum is ok In Service mode the indicators are showing numbers 1 When rinsing the rinse actuator must be energised e The rinse actuator can be found under the top cover at the top of pipette being rinsed 2 Wash station must engage with pipette e The Wash station is the white Rinse nozzle that engages the bottom of the pipettes 3 Check the piercing pin in the wash station it must be straight e The piercing pin is to pierce the bottom meniscus when a filled pipette is at the wash station 4 Wash station or tubing from wash station may be blocked e Activate the PRIME DISINFECTANT function The disinfectant must flow through the system 15 1 3 Rinse pump failure 1 Liquid flows back into the rinse container e Replace the rinse pump tube 2 At the start of the rinse sequence the first pipette is not washed e Replace the rinse pump tube WI 162 rinse tu
222. iner For more details see Section 9 Protocols on page 152 and the Appendix ONOARwWN gt InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 3 Compact settings C Sample Hsien E Reagents Maintenance Settings Service IE Compact settings Compact connected to comport aen L INSTR Printer port g ASRL 10 INSTR Select barcode reader Opcon xf SS all 958 10 Deve Number C search in example history On Off H E th 6 7 3 1 Compact connected to Select which port the InteRRliner V8 is connected to No need to change the default setting ASRL1 INSTR 6 7 3 2 Printer port Select which PRINTER PORT is connected to the printer No need to change the default setting ASRL10 INSTR 6 7 3 3 Select barcode reader SELECT BARCODE READER is used in the InteRRliner V8 for selecting which barcode reader is used There is no need for re selecting this setting is already done by the factory Page 108 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 3 4 Result path Select location for storage of ESR results at RESULT PATH The underlying folder structure year month day is created by the software 6 7 3 5 USB IO Device USB IO DEVICE Not applicable for the InteRRliner V8 6 7 3 6 Search in example history e H SEARCH IN EXAMPLE HISTORY is OFF this file cannot be selected in the hist
223. ing a read operation Check all settings see below error list There was a communication error during a write operation The main processor was not able to store the settings see below error list in EEPROM mechatronics Service engineer can reload the InteRRliner software Note for service engineer HEX file can also be corrupted Faulty Flash Memory 28F010 or 28F020 on Start pool board No power on the Transport board s 12C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Start pool board EEPROM not mounted on Start pool board Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Start pool board EEPROM not mounted on Start pool board InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E1024 Start pool Rack slider timeout E2025 Start pool Rack forward timeout E3026 Start pool Rack emitter timeout InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN The Slider motor Start pool did not reach the home position within a certain time limit The Rack Transport motor Start pool did not reach the front or back position within a certain time limit The Ejector motor Start pool did not reach the left or right position within a certain time limit Or the motor was stopped due to a maximum current Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Check Timeout time and Speed settings of th
224. instruction InteRRliner V8 Re assemble pipette 1 Re assemble valve body ESRI 030522 and silicon valve tube ESRI 030516 Insert the re assembly in top pipette clamp Wet the top of the pipette with water black C clip indicates pipette top Compress the valve body into the pipette clamp and insert the pipette into pipette clamp The black C clip must be as close to the pipette clamp as possible The flat surface of the C clip must be next to the pipette clamp Remove the valve body and check the silicon tube position it must be exactly centred Fit the bottom tube clamp and V seal ring Check the position of the valve If incorrect disassemble pipette valve and tube and re assemble again Pipette installation 5 6 Visually check the bottom of the pipette V shape Hook pipette assembly on to the pipette belts H UN LH Make sure that pipettes are correctly fitted on to the pipette belts A XX Visually check if all pipette valves are at the same l y i i 7 et height i og U a ring Incorrect fitted pipettes may cause mechanical damage to the instrument Check for leakage with Fill amp Clean Replace the top cover 1 Put the cover carefully over the instrument 2 Fasten the two rear screws of the top cover If present if needed InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 343 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics mech
225. ion InteRRliner V8 Compact Fill and clean This cycle takes about 90 minutes 1 Fill the clean adapter EHST110907 with hot de ionized water 100 ml 2 Add 10 ml cleaning agent QRR 010905 to the hot water in the adapter 3 Place the cap on the adapter and mix well 4 Put the adapter with cleaning solution on the lower tube holder 5 Select MAINTENANCE tab PRIME CLEAN button FILL AND CLEAN Page 366 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Pipette data will be lost GD Use Fill amp Clean adapter ON Start Fill and clean procedure Select button OK The adapter will be transported to the needle position The needle goes down and the fill and clean process is started When all the pipettes are filled the needle goes back to the home position and the adapter is moved to the release position and will be transported into the End pool a ee a 5 Check sensors Vacuum pressure check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FLOW SENSOR box Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs 0300 380 0390 Offset 0045 0050 0055 If the flow is not in range there might be a blockage in the vacuum flow line to the flow sensor Fill Stop sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FILL STOP SENSOR box Fillstop sensor FS 90 140 165 Diluter Start sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select DILUTER
226. it POol AEN 132 7 24 Menu M28 M8 3 Rack transport XO Configuration eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 133 7 25 Menu M29 M8 4 Ejector motor XO configuration sseeeseeeseereneeeserrrrren 134 7 26 Menu M16 M9 1 Switch in motor Conveyer bet 135 7 27 Menu M17 M9 2 Switch out motor Conveyer belt ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 136 7 28 Menu M18 M9 3 Transport motor Conveyer bet 137 7 29 Notes for menu s M10 through M18 ENEE 138 7 30 Note for menu Oeicceesirsatecreret ened neat sen ceattce en ete erteatdattumeneteene rams 138 7 31 Note for menus M23 till M h 139 7 32 Notefor men KSE iere Eegenheeten 139 8 AGETTING STARVED foc ees 141 81 EEN E 142 8 1 1 Liquid BE 142 Do OOP ERATION WE 143 91e Qui k stan UD EE 143 9 1 1 Check liStereeiase e a a a e eae 143 9 1 2 Stal POO lienne e E eee 143 9 1 3 End POO lais E EEE ee ee 143 9 1 4 Power Ee E 143 9 1 5 Priming the fluid SYSt mM EE 144 9 1 6 elei TE siriene ia eE a ENEE EER ANAE REA E EAEL 144 9 2 Checks during operation EE 145 Ce le KC RT E 146 9 3 1 End of day wash procedure ke 146 10 QUALITY CONTROL E 147 10 1 Control pipettes geed 147 10 2 Monitoring measurement quality with StaRRsed Control 147 E Cima NS sai e E E E 147 10 2 2 Expected value ange E 147 10 2 3 Temperature correction eegegedesegteeegE geed 148 10 24 Usage ODOM EEN 148 10 2 5 Quality control procedure zsssteuetektau e eereegEE Deeg 149 10 2 6 QC
227. it may be kinked One of the Diluent lines has become blocked or kinked Check all tubes are still connected Check if the 2 tubes ESRIO70508 are still connected with the tubes ESRIO70406 Check if the 2 tubes positioned correctly in the pinch valve oP oN Fill nozzle cap Fill nozzle lt n Fill vacuum valve j Sample tube S GR ESRIO70406 NO Bubbles in these lines Ta Outer needle ESRI070508 Diluter valve i QWLV020004 Diluter 4 syringe Disinfectant valve valve Get R1070112 4 ALH WAAL A PERSCH l T ii Dilution tubing 15 3 2 Air bubbles entering the Diluent system 1 Check the diluter syringe tip 2 Check on the T piece Y piece joints and connectors for leaks and replace if necessary 3 Check the connectors on the EDTA flow sensor for leaks and replace if necessary Page 176 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting Select MAINTENANCE gt PRIME gt PRIME DILUENT vacuum pump is on and system must be filled with Diluent When the citrate is priming liquid should be seen flowing through the tube connection to the fill nozzle cap Occasionally when the diluter system is primed for the first time air locks occur in the tubing and the diluter will not self prime If this occurs disconnect the luer fitting at the syringe and connect a syringe filled with Diluent to the tubing and fill system manually 1 Check pi
228. itch out sensor Transport unit Check transport unit motor Conveyer belt Check Rack in sensor End pool Check Pool in motor End pool Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch in motor Transport unit Switch in unit mechanically blocked Check Switch in sensors Faulty Switch in motor Broken wire s to Switch in motor Faulty Switch in motor driver on Transport board Check Switch out unit Transport unit Check home sensor of Switch out unit Page 255 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E1072 Transport 1 4 Catch timeout E1073 Transport 1 4 Switch_in pos error or E2073 Transport 1 4 Switch_in pos error E1074 Transport 1 4 Switch_in out pos Page 256 The Switch in motor Transport unit did not reach the catch or release position within a certain time limit The Switch in motor Transport unit did not reach the home position within a certain time limit or The Switch out motor Transport unit could not move the release position because the Switch in motor Transport unit was not on position home The Switch in motor tried to move from the release to the home position but the Switch in motor was not on the release position The position is unknown mechatronics Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch in motor Transport unit Switch in unit mechanically blocked Check Switch in sensors Faulty Switch in moto
229. k if all pipette valves are at the same e DI tt height i ring Incorrect fitted pipettes may cause mechanical damage to the instrument Check for leakage with Fill amp Clean Replace the top cover 1 2 Put the cover carefully over the instrument Fasten the two rear screws of the top cover If present if needed InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 339 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Ri mechatronics R mechatronics Work instruction Number 169 Page 1 of 3 Purpose Cleaning liquid separator Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision Draft October 2001 Prepare disinfectant if not already prepared Add 10 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite to 190 ml de ionized water 5 solution This disinfectant is for cleaning of all external parts that are exposed to blood Clean liquid separator 1 Open the left cover and remove the waste container The liquid separator is now visible 2 Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Disconnect the silicon tube from the tube connection 5 Remove bacterial HEPA filter 6 Open the liquid separator by pulling off the top section 7 Clean the internal parts of the separator with disinfectant Replacing 1 Replace the top section A little silicon g
230. l 256 Text left aligned followed by spaces XX number digits 0 9 with leading spaces Non specified positions are filled with spaces Sample codes Aspect codes Sample type Transmitted code Aspect Transmitted code Patient sample 0 Clear 0 QC normal 1 Hazy lt 10 1 QC abnormal 2 Hazy lt 25 2 Hazy gt 25 3 Page 296 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Note Transmission of QC codes 1 and 2 is part of the internal QC procedure InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 297 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 ESR error codes No errors No cells plasma found ERROR no result transmitted ESR Probably gt 140 mm ERROR no result transmitted Too many borders found Limit error 7 ERROR see Limit error messages on page 156 Note See analyzer manual for more information about limit error settings When a limit error occurs the fields for ESR 30 min ESR 60 min temperature corrected ESR and ESR 120 min are filled with spaces and thus results are not send to LIMS Together with the other data fields e g the sedimentation time the operator can see what caused the error and may or may not use the ESR values which are preserved in the limit error message Description of the limit error message L_err hhh www ttt ccc ddd e L err means limit error e hhh is the 30 minutes ESR Page 298 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38
231. l be carried out first After a power failure the sedimentation time 60 or 30 min may be exceeded However the start time is saved and therefore the actual sedimentation time can be checked Important system settings are kept in an internal Flash Eprom inside the instrument In case of corrupted files the program will automatically load and use the backup files 14 1 Power failure If a power failure occurs it is recommended that the InteRRliner V8 is switched OFF by the power switch When the power returns the instrument can be switched ON After the standard start up process the InteRRliner V8 will continue to process the remaining samples 14 2 RS232 serial output The InteRRliner V8 PC is equipped with a serial port which can be connected to any laboratory host computer system or PC The data sent by the Auto Compact PC can also be sent to a host computer or PC for further processing 14 3 Specifications for the RS232 port The Serial RS232 settings need to be set in SERVICE SERIAL OUTPUT SETTINGS Baud rate can be set from 1200 to 19200 baud default setting is 2400 baud Transmission protocol is default setting 8 bit data 1 stop bit and no parity To change the baud rate go to SERIAL OUTPUT SETTINGS For more detail information on the Serial connection see the Appendix RS 232 hardware connections Compact InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 171 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Data safety management 1
232. le Lift the stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear Disconnect the silicon tube from the tube connection on the top section Remove bacterial HEPA filter Remove and disassemble the liquid separator Clean all parts with hot water and a brush Use some acid free vaseline on the screw thread of the glass jar Assemble the separator Replace the top section A little silicon grease on the rim of separator will make the assembling and adjustment easier If applicable replace the bacterial HEPA filter For Maintenance Level 4 Exchange bacterial HEPA filter QWLV040002 Re connect the silicon tube to the tube connector on the top section Lift left cover Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes Release the stainless steel vacuum tube Replace the waste container Page 348 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 199 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Maintenance level 1 Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 January 2013 We recommend that this procedure is carried out by dealers service engine
233. les If trapped air bubbles are found go to tab MAINTENANCE click button PRIME CLEAN ON PAGE 73 and perform the PRIME DILUENT function Wipe outer surface and stainless steel plate below the pipettes with disinfectant Exchange air filter Pull both tube connectors out of the blue filter Place new blue filter Reconnect the tube connectors on the filter InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 385 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics 9 Replace diluter syringe tip Replace diluter tip 1 2 3 NO e Take the syringe from the diluter assembly Pull the plunger out of the syringe Cut the Teflon tip of the plunger with a sharp knife Be careful not to damage the metal plunger Replace the O ring and then the tip Replace the old tip for the new tip assembly From repair set QWLV030902 Moisten the tip with water to ease the tip back into the glass syringe barrel Install the syringe back on to the attachment Clean dilution system 1 2 Perform PRIME DILUENT Repeat above step until there are no air bubbles in the whole diluent system anymore Check dilution settings Si G O Go to tab SETTINGS gt GENERAL SETTINGS and select DISPLAY DILUTION OFF Run 10 samples through the instrument and make a note of the dilution rate Calculate the mean of the 10 samples Make dilution adjustment if necessary in SETTINGS gt DILUTER SETTINGS Go to tab SETTINGS gt GENERA
234. ligned followed by spaces ASCII 20 XX Number made up of xx digits 0 9 ASCIII 30 39 with leading zeros Leading zeros and non specified positions are filled with spaces ASCII 20 Page 310 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Sysmex R 3500 Protocol R 3500 sample data record format 202 bytes This is a modified data record coming from a R 3500 OTT D D 3 Q D geb D bh CO e a ON e 3 D r N oS N Le ES D H Parameter Text distinction code Text distinction code lIl Sample distinction code Day Month Year Year 00 2000 1234 Rack number 1234 Tube position in rack 5 Rack no ID information Barcode from barcode label Patient number Instrument ID number ID number from compact E KS CO Reserved RET RET 5 D 23 03 05 4 1 2300 Esr value 123 00200 Hazy code 2 gt dp Di SEI BEE E c o Oo o o E D 5 D 2 alg gt i C KE Si 3 3 IO 2 Hi JEE 3 Er cb Si 2 5 H D O IRF LFR MFR HFR Reserved ech n a not applicable R3500 Sample data flag record format 131 bytes Parameter Jo Example comment InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 311 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 eren Et Sen fs wowma ooo Sample Dnumber To Paterne fags T R3500 Inqui
235. main conveyor belt runs the sample racks from the In pool to the End Pool On the analyser unit rack pushers shifts the racks in and out of the Indexer unit On multiple systems racks can pass other Indexer units while it is running in order to be processed by another Compact unit NOTE Do not remove or add racks to the conveyor belt while the system is in operation Removing racks from positions other then the end pool s storage area will cause errors The conveyor belt is an open system beware that no objects can drop on the conveyor belt 2 3 2 End pool section XO The End pool transports the racks to an external device XN The End pool collects all processed racks Racks are pushed to the rear of the pool If no more racks can be placed an error is signalled in the form of beeps and a message shown on the display Remove processed racks and reset the End pool if necessary Page 22 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Instrument description 2 4 Indexer and Sample Robot The Indexer receives the racks from the rack transport and initializes the sample unit After initialization of all the sample tubes the rack is being transferred to the sample robot and sample tubes are mixed at a minimum of eight inversions A rotating arm will place one tube in the ESR analysers tube adapter Processed racks are being transferred back to conveyor belt Note Adding removing or changing the order of s
236. manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN STAFQ SED QRRO10934 np grut RINSE SOLUTION 20L Rese woot Souter 4 sowar Souter de ege Some Je Wado Boa eng Sharen Eo see CL RI DI o W DINN r T D I tee et De Comes 1 mm La Zeen KA a r m Te spurte Demiwater Aqua dest STAFR2SED DE IONIZED WATER SL Eau desionis e Acqua deionizzata Agua desionizada Agua desionizada Standard Operating Procedures S O P Sa BH BS Mecteroncs kagr zrem fN R De Gorze 12 1089 AN fame arda mT A er Te e npvd7p g1c2g mechatronics Fa A emt S AN mem ect mp ap ORRO10933 rennin ren 1234567880 WHR 2013 01 DDT OD Page 39 mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 INTERRLINER V8 PROGRAM The InteRRliner V8 is controlled via an external computer on which runs the InteRRliner V8 software The software functions are grouped on six tabbed screens The software is controlled by mouse pointer or directly via the touch screen A virtual keyboard is automatically displayed on screen when numerical or alphanumerical input is required Normal operational screens are the SAMPLE and the HISTORY screen The REAGENTS screen is used to check the reagent levels and log reagent replacement To activate priming sequences and cleaning operations the screen MAINTENANCE is used The SETTINGS and SERVICE screens are protected by a password to prevent accidental change of settings The SERVICE menu is used fo
237. manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Note Transmission of QC codes 1 and 2 is part of the internal QC procedure ESR error codes No cells plasma found 1 ERROR no result transmitted ESR Probably gt 140 mm ERROR no result transmitted Too many borders found Limit error 7 ERROR see Limit error messages on page 156 Note See analyzer manual for more information about limit error settings When a limit error occurs the fields for ESR 30 min ESR 60 min temperature corrected ESR and ESR 120 min are filled with spaces and thus results are not send to LIMS Together with the other data fields e g the sedimentation time the operator can see what caused the error and may or may not use the ESR values which are preserved in the limit error message Description of the limit error message L_err hhh www ttt ccc ddd InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 293 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 e L_err means limit error e hhh is the 30 minutes ESR e www is the 60 minute ESR e ttt is the temperature corrected 60 minute ESR e ccc is the column height ddd is the 120 minute ESR if applicable Example of a limit error message without 30 minute ESR and 120 minute ESR L_err 123 89 200 Page 294 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Protocol MECHATRONICS 0
238. manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 329 Appendix TDLIMS protocol Tdlims sample data record format 234 bytes This is a modified data record coming from a SE9000 with instrument ID D D 3 e p Q D r D Sg D iv e a h e 3 D r N E A Le A D H Parameter Text distinction code Text distinction code II U alow OO OOOO ca MonihS mach 05 Tube positon in rez L I D 3 teh D Q n 5 Q jaz o 5 Q fe ei D N Day Month Year Rack no Tube position no 4 ID information Sample ID number NEG POS ERR information POSITIVE diff POSITIVE morph POSITIVE count ERROR func ERROR result Order information gt v lt H n h O 3 O Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve na na na na na na na 000000 123000 Esr value 123 mm 102000 Hazy code 12 01200 Temperature in degr Celsius i e 12 degr InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 330 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN IP message information Si Dig O R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 01200 Sedimentation time in minutes i e 12 min MCHC 12300130 minute ESR value 123 n a Not applicable No Sample data flag record format This protocol contains no sample flag record Tdlims Inquiry data record format 21 bytes Parameter D eam emma OOOO Comment Text distinction code distinction code Text distin
239. mmunication means that there is only one way communication from the InteRRliner V8 to the HOST Only sample results and result related messages are send W 19 1 1 1 12 WI WI is short for Work Instruction and is used with an index number for a range of work instructions Page 390 R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics 20 INDEX 6 60 or 30 minute method 33 A Accessories kit 22 Advanced 115 Air bubbles 145 155 183 227 229 313 318 320 324 328 332 Air bubbles entering the Diluent system1 76 All pumps OFF 111 Analyser 158 Appendix 30 minutes reporting 228 Appendix 60 minutes reporting 226 Appendix Article reference list Compact InteRRliner 22 223 Appendix Barcode labels 262 Appendix Configuration barcode readers261 Appendix Default Rack Transport settings InteRRliner V8 266 Appendix Default settings InteRRliner V8 263 Appendix Elevator and Index controls 259 Appendix Error list Compact V8 234 Appendix Error list InteRRliner rack transport 205 209 212 219 246 Appendix Maintenance schedule161 169 273 Appendix PC connections for InteRRliner V8 271 Appendix PC connections for InteRRliner V8 Windows 7 272 Appendix Protocol Compact bidirectional 152 301 Appendix Protocol MECHATRONICS 01 bidirectional 152 289 Appendix Protocol MECHATRONICS 02 unidirectional 152 295 Appendix Protocol Opus bidire
240. mp cassette e Clean liquid separator InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 233 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Error list Compact V8 last updated 01 09 2014 mechatronics a Extra explanation Reason Solution E2 Communication error Board s x Command Sx TWSR x E d E3 Measure motor timeout E4 Sample probe not in top position home E5 Duplicated ID E6 Program was not properly shut down Check settings before continuing Page 234 Communication lost after 3 retries between Computer and InteRRliner V8 Measure head motor did not move or motor is blocked Sample probe not back at Home position after sampling a tube Sample rejected Sample already in carousel There is a possibility that changed settings which were not saved to disk are lost Power cable not connected on the communication PCB mounted on the back panel An DC cable not connected Serial cable not connected No power on one of the PCB s Short circuit or fault on one of the PCB s Measure head is not at the Home position Check the Home sensor Motor is faulty Motor driver on drive board is faulty Check sample probe home sensor Sample probe motor is faulty Sample probe motor driver on needle board is faulty Sample probe is blocked Wait until sample is measured Check general settings Check for duplicate ID s Program stopped
241. n no 2 Sample ID number N N SR sch ha na na na na na na InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 321 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 01200 Temperature in degr Celsius i e 12 degr 01200 Sedimentation time in minutes i e 12 min MCHC 12300 30 minute ESR value 123 n a Not applicable SE 9000 Sample data flag record format 131 bytes Parameter D ent OOO Comment Text distinction code distinction code Text distinction code CR a Sample dstnefoncede v u New e 00 vearoo 2000 Sequencer 1 oa ooo Sanpie Dramor o Patenter ings gr fa SE9000 Inquiry data record format 21 bytes Parameter D eam emme OOO Comment Text distinction code distinction code Text distinction code Inquiry mode 4 IIMA Real time inquiry Sample ID no le Patient number same as sample data Tube position no Tube position in rack 3 SE9000 order information record format 171 bytes Page 322 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Parameter E konn Comment Text distinction code EES ae Ss DEEG TL sample does not exist 1 sample exists Daeoweres o ow oo Sampie Dro is Mustbe the same as inguin record Racked a Tube postion e E Pasemon Je TOO S o Patentnane Jl C a S Pareno o ow ooo Doooename fi a S sampiecommens 40 we r Cg 0 E
242. n the head anti clockwise till clicking sound 2 Turn the head clockwise for 1 5 turns E EC Assemble fill nozzle holder Assemble fill nozzle 1 Connect the silicon tube to the fill nozzle 2 Put the fill nozzle into the holder 1 Turn the plastic top part until you hear 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards and turn of feel a click the holder to the left 2 Turn the plastic top part clokwise for 1 5 turns Push the plastic top part down against the spring pressure Assemble fill nozzle 1 Connect the silicon tube to the fill nozzle 2 Put the fill nozzle into the holder 3 Push the fill nozzle upwards and turn the holder to the left InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 353 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Work instruction InteRRliner V8 E mechatronics RQ mechatronics Work instruction Number 205 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Replace the pinch valve tube ESRI010246 Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 February 2005 Replace the pinch valve tube ESRI010246 1 Open the left cover 2 Pull the tube out the pinch valve 3 Disconnect the silicon tube from the bottom connector and the top connector 4 Remove the tube 5 Connect the silicon tube to the bottom connector and the top connector 6 Push the tube in the pinch valve 7 Close the left cover Page 354 aT S InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatron
243. nd incidental environmental variations Abrupt changes can be caused by change of QC material batch or possible hardware errors If results are continuously out of range due to significant difference between calculated mean and control value but the statistics show precise results with small deviations it should be considered to expand the acceptable assay range with QC Settings on page 98 If results are incidentally out of range it is advised to perform a daily maintenance and or fill and clean step and then perform another QC sample step before releasing patient results If results are not send to the LIMS QC Results can be exported to MS Excel CSV files for further analysis in lab s own Quality Control data system 6 3 6 History analyse Analyse results Dilution error Aspect Error oiron Ms Cnxap fa CJ Et Nocelbyplasmafond fs O oionn fis O Hays b ER ESR Probably gt 140mm o C Hazy gt 25 be C E3 Too many borders Found C C W3 Bubbles on top ESR 11 Dec 08 11 39 48 Too many borders found 1i Dec 08 15 04 10 33 ji i Too many borders Found 1i Oec 08 12 32 08 i Too many borders Found 55247102 1t Dec 06 16 10 47 Teo many borders Found 11600002 Liter 10 18 45 IS jii Toa many borders found 113315702 Ti Dec 08 14 48 58 EECA 1L ecmg 14 49 46 HERE TU ecf 14 47 22 12 50408602 1i Dec 08 14 42 34 f 11315002 11 Dec 68 14 46 36 J 50357802 Torde 16 20 41 i2 i
244. ne of the boards IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on one of the boards IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Drive board IIC cable s not connected Page 215 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport IIC communication error between Compact keyboard and Drive board IIC communication error between Compact keyboard and Elevator board Page 216 There was a communication error between the Drive board and the main processor during an IIC operation Drive unit did not respond There was a communication error between the Elevator board and the main processor during an IIC operation mechatronics Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Drive board IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Elevator board IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 4 4 The numbers from 51 till 55 Error number 51 till 55 is a problem with the Indexer unit itself Check the Robotic unit if there are no obst
245. ng device needs replacement This is a fatal error call distributor Page 188 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN GE mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 13 Separator error If it takes too long for the waste pump to empty the liquid separator the system generates a separator error Extensive foam build up in the liquid Check the separator assembly and connections for separator possible air leaks Waste tube between liquid separator and Replace the tube waste pump is blocked Waste tube between waste pump and Replace the tube waste container blocked Waste pump failure Exchange the waste pump cassette If the error returns call for service Electrical bridge between the waste level Clean liquid separator see WI 196 Cleaning liquid electrodes separator on page 348 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 189 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 14 Reagents Check the expire dates of the reagents regularly Do not use the reagents if expired Note If expired reagent has been used accidentally the results obtained with these reagents may only be used when the expire date was not exceeded more than 30 days DILUENT is sensitive for bacterial growth The solution should be discarded if it becomes turbid or infected When using the small onboard containers clean the DILUENT container thoroughly with 10 Na hypochlorite Make sure that the container has been thoroughl
246. ng it should reply by sending an Acknowledge char 06 if the string is found Okay If either the host computer as well the InteRRliner V8 receives a string it should reply by sending a Non Acknowledge char 15 if the string is found faulty Sample request Checksum always ON After sending the request string the InteRRliner V8 expects a ACK NACK seeCompact bi directional protocol definition from the Host computer e If the InteRRliner V8 receives an ACK it will wait for the conformation string and respond with a ACK NACK according to the protocol definition e When the conformation string is received it will Respond with an ACK if the conformation string is OK and goes to the next sample Or Page 302 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 e When the string is not OK it is responding with an NACK and the Host computer must send the conformation string again After 3 attempts the Host computer must stop sending the conformation string and the InteRRliner V8 won t do an ESR on this sample and goes to the next sample The Host computer needs to be ready for the request string of the next sample e If the InteRRliner V8 does not receive the conformation string within 10 seconds it will send the request string again After 3 attempts it won t do an ESR on this sample and goes to the next sample e lf the InteRRliner V8 receives a NACK it will send the request string
247. ng zeros Leading zeros and non specified positions are filled with spaces ASCII 20 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 279 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Sedmatic 100 string format Normal result string pp JPPPPPPPPPP WWWWT II JE JEJE Jt Weil 26 data characters Total length 28 characters Or Result string with Aspect pp JPPPPPPPPPP JWWWW J Jf JEJE JL J J JAAAAAAAAAAA cr If Or Result string with Error pp JPPPPPPPPPPT JEJE JE JCC ICICI IL IL I I JEEEEEEEEEEE cr If 37 data characters Total length 39 characters p renge ER E S R in mm 60 min WWWW InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 281 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Text left aligned followed by spaces ASCII 20 xXX Number made up of xx digits 0 9 ASCII 30 39 with leading zeros Leading zeros and non specified positions are filled with spaces ASCII 20 Aspect messages Hazy lt 10 Hazy lt 10 Hazy lt 25 Hazy lt 25 Hazy gt 25 Hazy EI 25 Error messages 1 No cells plasma found Erol H 2 ESR Probably gt 140 mm Erol 2 3 Too many borders found Error D SC Page 282 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Note If the Compact is switched to the 30 min method the output string has the same format The Comp
248. nge there might be a blockage in the vacuum flow line to the flow sensor Fill Stop sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FILL STOP SENSOR box Fillstop sensor FS 90 140 165 Diluter Start sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select DILUTER START SENSOR box Diluter start sensor 400 700 Measure sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK MEASURE SENSOR box Measure sensor MS 40 50 60 Temperature sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR box Temperature sensor TS Room temperature Diluent flow sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK DILUENT FLOW SENSOR box Press test When test is finished signal Down and signal Up must be green Separator check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK SEPARATOR SENSOR box Separator sensor lt 200 600 gt 700 4 Final preparation 1 Go to tab MAINTENANCE and perform the End of day wash procedure when Fill amp Clean is used End of day wash is not required 2 Check system for leakage e Inspect the peristaltic pump tubes and connections for leaks e Check that liquid does not run back into the supply bottles after the pumps have stopped 3 Clean and inspect the sample needle e Inspect sample needle condition If necessary replace the sample probe or outer needle See Work Instruction Sample probe or out
249. ngs EE 32 4 3 5 1 EDTA settings ssc sa cee cguatysesastoccacgesayeaeae cocetzaceyentgens9eciGecayeanaenauecaanseeasaes 33 4 3 5 2 60 or SO minute method sssssssssssnerrnrnessrrrerrrnrnrsserrrrnrnnnnnserrrnnrnnnnreeet 33 4 3 6 Limit titer Settings ecticcexceesntercneremerecatinertnaredevesetatesUnenmceraretederteasmleunntenendeetaes 33 4 3 7 Sample probe depth E 33 4 3 8 Pipette belt POSIION DE 34 4 3 9 Set room temperature E 34 4 3 10 Priming KT EE 34 e Ay VAST SUBD EE 34 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 5 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Contents 5 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES S O P ccccccssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeseneees 35 5 1 Basics Ee EE 35 5 2 S O P for working with bio hazardous materials ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 36 5 2 1 Facts and definitions sninaiccecesninsatelaiackiecnincmtenstoiueniartenceeboem ammtacnteebueeians 36 5 2 2 Medical reqg irements E 36 5 2 3 General laboratory practices ee E eeget 36 5 2 4 Specific laboratory practices and requirements cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 37 5 3 E C Declaration Inteblmer kee EEN 38 5 4 Labels and stickers ON containers AA 39 5 4 1 Stickers of the reagents containers ke 39 6 INTERRLINER V8 EROGEAN eege EENS 40 Gil Software VISION xe cinseiioetageleveaietiweiegedieetectabesideeDvciantatecddeeivielee tr tialaeeDiveadtmesenes ee 41 62 Sample SGMOG E 41 6 2 1 Eegen etege 42 6 2 2 LEE ME 42 6 2 3
250. ny borders found Result of a pipette possibly filled with air bubbles Page 226 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 905008 Sample result with a text error This sample is given limit error L_err 84 75 200 This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined 0 Sample is clear 1 Sample is Hazy lt 10 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings ESR ERROR and WARNING code messages This code appears in the sample data record at column 10 The following codes are defined 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely high ESR value 3 Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range e E
251. o Poeren ze 29 a1 sesienatontne LI e SES eet in degree Default Ea CS 1 byte checksum 256 modulo 256 ASCII string sum ASCII string sum the ASCII sum of all preceding characters incl stx cr If and ext modulo 256 ASCII string sum the remainder of the ASCII string sum when divided by 256 Page 278 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 ESR string format for StaRRsed 30 minutes format stx PPPPPPPPPP hhh www WWW AAAAAAAAAmm ppp TTT CC EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE MMMMMMMMMM cr 1f eot stx 80 data characters cr lf eot Checksum OFF 30 min stx 80 data characters cr lf etx cs eot Checksum ON 30 min Data consists if 30 min output is switched to ON 10 Patient identification text PPPPPPPPPP E S R in mm Half hour method Pox fim CS E S R in mm calculated to 60 x www minutes E S R in mm 60 min corrected for S temp XXX XX xx 4 Manually added code XX XXX XX gt wo N gt 1 12 oO 2 Ce SS ES RS ES e SS 39 Pipette number 3 Sedimentation time i mm Im EDTA message MMMMMMMMMM asou Hex Joe STX ASCII 02 ETX ASCII 0 EOT ASCII 24 33 37 41 45 48 71 LF ASCII CR ASCII cS 1 byte Text left aligned followed by spaces ASCII 20 nx number made up of xx digits O 9 ASCIII 30 39 with leadi
252. o be used for some time It is also recommended to completely restart the instrument and if applicable Windows once in a while to clear the memory and ensure a stable operating system 9 3 1 End of day wash procedure Select the tab MAINTENANCE and press the button End of day wash A pop up screen is shown Selecting Close program will stop the program immediately without running the End of day wash procedure When End of day wash procedure is selected a selection screen for this function is shown The following options are available for this function 1 Select from the list the desired option e No End of day wash The function is not active e Immediately The function runs immediately after pressing OK e Only once The function runs only once at the selected time e Weekdays The function runs only on the working days Mo Fr at the selected time e Daily The function runs on a daily base at the selected time 2 Select the time of the day in hours and minutes for the selected option Pressing OK activates the settings Page 146 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Quality control 10 QUALITY CONTROL 10 1 Control pipettes The correct function of the hardware and software of the InteRRliner V8 measurement unit should be checked at regular intervals with the aid of Mechatronics Control Pipettes Order nr QTST049000 More information can be found in the Control Pipette User Manual MRN 019
253. o position the rinse unit within a certain time limit e Check for mechanical obstructions InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 231 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 4 Fill nozzle unit e Compact was not able to position the fill nozzle unit within a certain time limit e Check for mechanical obstructions 5 Needle adapter e Compact was not able to position the needle adapter within a certain time limit e Check for mechanical obstructions 6 Sample probe e Compact was not able to position the sample probe within a certain time limit e Check for mechanical obstructions The following Error messages may occur during normal operation 1 Vacuum error e Check if vacuum is available e Check in screen MAINTENANCE CHECK SENSORS the value of flow sensor e Fatal error call distributor 2 Vacuum stabilisation error Compact was not able to get a stable reading during the vacuum test before aspiration the sample e Check for leakage on the pipette or fill nozzle e Fatal error call distributor 3 Fill time error The fill sensor was not triggered in time e Not enough liquid was sucked up in the pipette e Insufficient sample e No vacuum or a blocked needle or fill block 4 Diluter error Diluter not started e Can be seen in the sample mode display as EDTA 001 e Check in screen MAINTENANCE CHECK SENSORS the value of the diluter sensor e Check in screen MAINTENANC
254. of the pump plate holder Remove the old tube from the peristaltic pump rotor Disconnect the tubing at both ends of the tube connectors Connect new tubing to both ends of the connectors Place one end of the tube in the pump plate holder Pull the new tube over the peristaltic pump rotor Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the back of the InteRRIliner o NOOP If the tube is not fitted correctly or is worn the following symptoms can occur e Liquid flowing back into the container e Sample needle is not washed sufficiently Note The narrower bore tube is for the saline pump 13 4 3 Replace bacterial filters Detailed instructions of this procedure can be found in WI 196 Cleaning liquid separator on page 348 As part of the Cleaning liquid separator procedure the bacterial Hepa filter QWLV040002 is replaced with a new one Exchange bacterial filter QWLV040001 on the waste bottle assembly InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 165 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Maintenance 13 4 4 Fill nozzle O ring replacement As the fill nozzle O ring QWLV050004 ages it looses its flexibility and air bubbles may occur in the Westergren pipettes the washer needs to be replaced Symptoms for a bad fill nozzle O ring After the aspiration the Westergren pipette has a zebra pattern air blood air blood nicely divided in the column Vacuum stabilisation errors may occur 13 4 5 Fill an
255. ogram 6 5 2 Check sensors C vm Sample H History k Reagents s Maintenance E E Settings m Service Ch GH eh Dt stop sensor GD 2h tenpese sene i FA stop senso 22 GY ekoe start sensor Check Diluent flow sensor kal us Ge zen Drown Bw GD heck Flew sensor Gy Grech Sepzrater sensor Flow Ca Abs a Separatce sensor GD check measure sensor o Maanre sensor Menge l ESP ten Error Temperate C When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE All functions to check the status of the sensors are grouped under button CHECK SENSORS on page 76 Check Fill stop sensor Click the Check button The green light is shown if the sensor value is in range Check temperature sensor Value must be equal to the actual room temperature near the pipette belt The value can be set in tab SETTINGS Check Diluter start sensor This sensor is only used in EDTA mode If the diluter does not start during the aspiration the status of this sensor must be checked Click the Check button The green light is shown if the sensor value is in range Check Diluent flow sensor This sensor is only used in EDTA mode When activated the LED Down is green and the LED Up is red When the button Test is clicked the LED Up must become green After finishing the test both LED s must be green Check Separator sensor Click the Check button The green light is shown if the sensor value is in range
256. ol procedure 149 Quality control trouble shooting150 194 238 Quick start up 143 R Rack 43 Random air bubbles in pipette 185 Reagents 190 Reagents alarm 190 Reagents installation 169 Reagents preparation 27 Reagents screen 40 42 69 Replace bacterial filters 165 Replacing the waste container 29 Report 30 Minute mode 154 Report 60 Minute mode 152 REPORTING 152 Reporting range 156 Result path 109 Page 394 mechatronics Result Printout 152 Rinse pump failure 174 Rinse solution 28 Rinse solution not primed through the system 173 Rinse solution spilling over the instrument 74 Rinse pump tube replacement 164 RS232 serial output 171 S S O P for working with bio hazardous materials 36 Safety warning 25 Saline 28 Saline dripping in the sample tube adapter 175 Saline pump failure 175 Saline pump tube replacement 165 Sample information 43 Sample mode button 43 Sample probe depth 30 33 Sample probe fails to go down 182 Sample probe is not washed after aspiration 174 Sample robot 24 Sample screen 40 41 Sample screen with keyboard 44 Sample unit and End pool 22 Search in example history 109 Sedimentation measurement principle 15 Select barcode reader 108 Separator error 189 Separator sensor 79 Service screen 40 42 100 Set end date 68 Set LIMS communication settings 106 Set new rinse position 94 Set protocol settings 107 Set room temperature 30 34 Set start date 68 Small air bubbles rising in pipette 185 Software v
257. ommunication error between the InteRRliner and the Compact The communication was interrupted Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport Faulty ejector motor Broken wire s to ejector motor Faulty ejector motor driver on Start pool Check Host LIMS system Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Switching off the Compact could cause this error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are DC errors in the Compact check the Compact I2C cable s H there are 12C errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner 12C cable s Page 201 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport W5037 Start pool ESRI ack timeout E2038 Start pool Startpool rack blocked W7040 Start pool Startpool full W5042 Start pool Rack slider pos err Page 202 There was a communication error between the InteRRliner and the Compact The InteRRliner did not receive an answer from the Compact after sending a patient confirmation to the Compact The communication was interrupted A rack was detected and transported in the Start pool The Rack Transport unit Start pool reached the front position but the Rack Home sensor did not detect the rack A new rack is ready to be slide in the Start pool but the Start pool is already full This is a text message no alarm and will clear itself A rack on the Start pool conveyer belt
258. ompact keyboard EEPROM not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Compact keyboard Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Elevator or Page 213 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport Checksum error Indexer settings Checksum error Elevator settings Page 214 between the serial EEPROM on Elevator or Indexer board and the main processor Compact keyboard during a read operation After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default Indexer settings are loaded After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default Elevator settings are loaded mechatronics Indexer board EEPROM not mounted on Elevator or Indexer board EEPROM mounted on both Elevator and Indexer boards Only one board must have the EEPROM installed Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Elevator or Indexer board Settings can be checked by service engineer with the Test program for InteRRliner amp Compact Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Elevator or Indexer board Settings can be checked by service engineer with the Test program for InteRRliner amp Compact InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 4 3 The numbers from 35 till 41 Errors in the next range are problems with the communication bus be
259. on Use only the genuine Mechatronics bulk reagent containers on the InteRRliner 1 Open the swing door and place the containers on the turntable ER 2 Remove the container screw caps and pull the necks of the bottle packs out of the cardboard box 3 Install the level sensors and spacers according the following pictures Make sure to place the appropriate level sensors in the containers by matching the color codes on the tube and on the container InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 27 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Installation The sensors and the reagents have the following numbers and color codes Connector Reagent number Color code RINSE SOLUTION Number 34 Green SALINE Number 35 Yellow DILUENT Number 36 Grey DE IONIZED WATER Number 37 Blue DISINFECTANT Number 38 White NOTE Wrongly placed pickup tubes may cause incorrect results or instrument malfunction 4 1 1 Rinse solution Rinse solution is used for rinsing the Westergren pipettes approximately 8 ml is used for each sample The Rinse container is a 20 liter container QRR 010934 4 1 2 Saline Saline is used for cleaning the needle and fill nozzle assembly approximately 1 ml of saline is used for each sample The saline container is a 5 liter container QRR 010933 4 1 3 Diluent Sodium citrate is used for the dilution of undiluted EDTA samples e Approximately 0 5 ml Diluent is used for each sampl
260. on of the belts 2 Take pipette off the carousel 3 Store the pipette on a safe place Switch Compact ON 1 Carefully clean the inner part of the measuring sensor by using a cotton bud 2 Check the values of the Measure sensor MS 40 50 60 by using the CHECK MEASURE SENSOR function InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 341 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN 5 chatronics d Work instruction InteRRliner V8 3 If not in range repeat cleaning the inner part of the measuring sensor 4 When in range switch OFF the Compact Pipette installation 1 Hook pipette assembly on to the pipette belts SU 19 TA 2 Make sure that pipettes are correctly fitted on to BEA AS i ji 3 the pipette belts 3 Visually check if all pipette valves are at the same SEI i DI Uu bu ua D height 4 Visually check the bottom of the pipette V shape ring 5 Incorrect fitted pipettes may cause mechanical damage to the instrument 6 Check for leakage with Fill amp Clean Replace the top cover 1 Put the cover carefully over the instrument 2 Fasten the two rear screws of the top cover If present if needed Switch ON the InteRRliner V8 Pipette removal 1 Push and pull vertically the pipette from the holding position of the belts 2 Take pipette off the carousel 3 Store the pipette on a safe place Page 342 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics Work
261. ood laboratory should not be worn outside of the blood laboratory and should not be stored with personal outer clothing to avoid transfer of contaminants Gloves are considered contaminated after ones wearing Avoid contamination of work surfaces with gloves Dispose of gloves into a biohazard container The use of eye protection is advised while processing samples Remove and properly dispose of gloves and wash hands before leaving the laboratory InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 37 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN l mechatronics Standard Operating Procedures S O P 5 3 E C Declaration InteRRliner Re Mechatronics Manufacturing B V mechatronics De Corantyn 13 P O Box 225 1689 AN ZWAAG 1620 AE HOORN The Netherlands The Nethenands Telephone 3 0 229 291129 Fax 31 01228 241534 E mail purchaseg mechatonics ni Internet a E C DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY as VAT number NL 8048 22 979 D01 CoC number 36048153 at Hoorn Banker ABN AMRO Account number 335 19 985 Swit acdress ABNANL2A IBAN NLO4 ABNA 0535 5199 55 Herewith we declare that the Automatic Erythrocyte i nal InteRRliner V8 sin conformity with the requirements of the following EC directives 98 79 EC IVD devices 2006 42 EC Machinery e The following harmonized standards have been applied EN 42100 4 Safety of machinery Part 1 Basic terminology methodology EN 12100 2 Sefety of machinery Part 2 Technical principles EN 61010 1 Safety requirements for
262. oom temperature Diluent flow sensor check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK DILUENT FLOW SENSOR box Press test When test is finished signal Down and signal Up must be green Separator check e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK SEPARATOR SENSOR box Separator sensor lt 200 600 gt 700 13 3 2 Cleaning liquid separator The separator is designed to separate liquid from the air and can handle a lot of blood rinse and other used reagents from the instrument After a period of time the separator is getting dirty and therefore it needs to be cleaned weekly Detailed instructions of this procedure can be found in the Work Instruction WI 196 Cleaning liquid separator on page 348 Symptoms of a dirty separator 1 Separator errors 2 Foam in the separator 3 Waste pump cannot sufficiently remove the waste from of the separator InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 163 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN E mechatronics Maintenance 13 4 Level 4 maintenance The purpose of level 4 maintenance is to carry out the daily weekly maintenance and replace the pump tubing bacterial filters and the Fill nozzle O ring After replacing those items the instrument needs a Fill and Clean sequence to clean the pipettes Over a monthly period protein builds up in the Westergren pipettes and needs to be deproteinized using a strong cleaning agent Detailed instructions of this procedure can be found in the W
263. op when a certain current limit is exceeded and returns to the home position e Reset the SAMPLE PROBE PROTECTION switch from ON to OFF and ON again 6 TEMP CORRECTION e TEMP CORRECTION ON A temperature corrected value for the ESR is shown besides the actual measured value e TEMP CORRECTION OFF Only the actual measured ESR value is shown 7 FAST FILLING e FAST FILLING OFF Default setting The carousel is filled with optimum pipette usage but completion of a sample rack takes a little longer The rotation sequence of the carousel is evenly divided In 60 minute method the carousel moves one position every 40 seconds approx In 30 minute method the carousel moves one position every 20 seconds approx InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 87 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program e FAST FILLING ON The carousel is filled with optimum sample speed The sample tubes in the rack are faster available for the user but the carousel shows more unused pipettes 8 VIRTUAL KEYBOARD e VIRTUAL KEYBOARD ON If keyboard input is required a virtual keyboard automatically pops up on the screen e VIRTUAL KEYBOARD OFF No pop up screen of virtual keyboard 9 PRINT AFTER MEASUREMENT e This will print the measured result on a single line directly to a dot matrix printer If this option is switched ON it is also possible to print a new header at the top of the results When other printers then dot matrix are used e
264. or call distributor Page 190 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 16 3 Fill nozzle not at home position E13 is the error code and in the status line the text Fill nozzle did not reached the Home position within a certain time limit The fill nozzle did not reach the home top sensor with a certain time limit e Fill nozzle motor faulty e Fill nozzle motor driver is faulty e Fill nozzle is blocked e Fatal error call distributor 15 17 Elevator Time out error Elevator 1 Clear time out error by pressing CLEAR ERROR button 1 Check resettable fuses at the back When the fuse was triggered Switch OFF the Compact a b Close the InteRRliner V8 PC software c Check for mechanical obstructions of the elevator indexer d Reset the fuse e Switch ON the Compact f For InteRRliner V8 restart the PC software 2 When the error occurs again switch OFF all units and call for service InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 191 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 18 Indexer Time out error Indexer 1 Clear time out error by pressing CLEAR ERROR button 1 Check resettable fuses at the back When the fuse was triggered a Switch OFF the Compact b Close the InteRRliner V8 PC software c Check for mechanical obstructions of the elevator indexer d Reset the fuse e Switch ON the Compact f For InteRRliner V8 restart th
265. or message will be shown on the display and reported to the printer Fill time out error may be caused by 1 Blood clots or rubber debris from the tube cap in the sample e Check the condition of the outer needle Filling procedure stopped by operator Insufficient sample volume e Should be at least 1 4 ml 4 Faulty filling nozzle or filling nozzle washer O ring e Check filling nozzle and washer O ring Incorrectly adjusted sample probe depth e Check needle depth SETTINGS GENERAL SETTINGS SAMPLE PROBE DEPTH lt default 5 mm gt 6 Noor poor vacuum e Check vacuum MAINTENANCE CHECK SENSORS CHECK FLOW SENSOR on g 15 12 Position error E18 is the error code for Carousel position error InteRRliner V8 was not able to position the carousel There was a difference found in the pipette memory position table and the actual measured position of the position sensor A position error can occur if the InteRRliner V8 is switched OFF while the carousel is moving to the next position When the Rinse nozzle sticks up this can also cause a position jump Warning It is highly recommended to wash all samples after a position error Position error solutions 1 Check in tab SETTINGS password 3964 CAROUSEL CONTROL the Rinse position e Select SET RINSE POSITION e CHANGE RINSE POSITION InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 187 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting e Enter the right value of the pipette num
266. or future reference e Follow the bio safety procedures when working with blood contaminated parts e Be cautious to prevent stinging during cleaning or replacing the needle assembly e Repair can only be executed by trained and qualified personnel e Wear protective clothing e When the instrument is running it is not allowed to e Open and remove safety covers e Touch moving parts e Itis not allowed to give access to the instrument to a non authorised person at any time e Whenever it is likely that safety protection has been impaired the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation The matter should then be referred to qualified technicians e Safety protection is likely to be impaired if for example the instrument fails to perform the intended measurements or shows visible damage or unusual smells smoke liquids are flowing out 3 1 Safety warning When there was an incident with the StaRRsed Auto Compact which caused damage to the instrument please notify your superior and your local equipment dealer before you continue using the instrument Example e A collision with a moving object or a person e Something falling on the instrument e Liquids spilling into the instrument InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 25 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN HE mechatronics General safety instructions 3 2 StaRRsed Incident Report Page 26 RR DEE incident Report mechatronics StaRRsed Incident Re
267. ork Instruction WI 1215 Level 4 maintenance on page 363 13 4 1 Rinse pump tube replacement New rinse pump tube assembly ESRI090902 Riny SOLU ow ALINE d een reposen t mon ae mage en saira eed ma ee fc Ge uge A pre 4 homes v Eech New tube replacement 1 Open left cover 2 Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the front of the unit to release the tube out of the pump plate holder Remove the old tube from the peristaltic pump rotor Disconnect the tubing at both ends of the tube connectors Connect new tubing to both ends of the connectors Place one end of the tube in the pump plate holder Pull the new tube over the peristaltic pump rotor Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the back of the InteRRIliner V8 ONO amp If the tube is not fitted correctly or is worn the following symptoms can occur e Liquid flowing back into the container e First glass tube on the pipette belt is not washed sufficiently Note The wider bore tube is for the rinse pump Page 164 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Maintenance 13 4 2 Saline pump tube replacement New saline pump tube assembly ESRI090903 RIN E SOLU gt N ALNE woema KH p 4 tere Y oore New tube replacement 1 Open left cover 2 Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the front of the unit to release the tube out
268. ory window e H SEARCH IN EXAMPLE HISTORY is ON this can be selected in the history window 6 7 3 7 Outer needle depth Setting for the OUTER NEEDLE DEPTH No need to change the default 51 0 mm setting InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 109 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 4 Manual control Sample Lu History Reagents Maintenance Settings m Service Rp VACUUM PUMP ON the main vacuum pump is switched on OFF the main vacuum pump is switched off WASTE PUMP ON the waste pump is switched on OFF the waste pump is switched off The waste pump is used for emptying the liquid separator Do not leave this function ON as it may cause waste pump damage SALINE PUMP ON the saline peristaltic pump is switched on OFF the saline peristaltic pump is switched off Note If vacuum pump is OFF rinse solution will spill over the Auto rack unit Page 110 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program RINSE PUMP ON the pipette wash peristaltic pump is switched on OFF the pipette wash peristaltic pump is switched off Note If vacuum pump is OFF rinse solution will spill over the Auto rack unit 6 7 4 1 All pumps OFF ALL PUMPS OFF All active pumps will be switched OFF The waste pump is switched ON for one minute 6 7 4 2 Needle control C Sample T Kate 1 Reagents Maintenance Settings Ser
269. otor 1 Motor ON OFF In 2 l Motor current Int 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC In0 Rack arrived In1 Rack is in In2 Pool full InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 131 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 23 Menu M15 M8 2 Slider motor Exit Pool Menu M15 M8 on page 124 2 Slider motor Exit Pool Time out Speed gt O N Test motor Timeout time 2 Time 30 0 1 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 2 Speed 220 3 4 F2 up F3 J down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor 0ON OFF Ind 2 Motor current Int l 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC Ind Home Int In2 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 24 Menu M28 M8 3 Rack transport XO configuration Menu M12 M7 on page 124 4 Rack transport Exit Pool 1 Time out 2 Speed 3 4 Test motor Timeout time 2 Time 15 second 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Speed 1 Speed 2 255 3 4 F2 up F3 down ESC ENT Test motor 1 Motor ON OFF Ind 2 l Motor current Int l 3 Err In2 4 F2 J on orF ESC Ind Motor home In1 Motor limit IN2 Pool push InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 133 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Keyboard InteRRliner Software V 4 xx and up 7 25 Menu M29 M8 4 Ejector motor XO configuration Menu M13 M7 on page 124 4
270. perator must wait until the pipette at the measuring position has been measured 2 Printer failure e Check paper feed and quantity e Check printer cable connection e Printer must be on line e Check power is ON 3 Reagents level empty message e All reagent containers have level detectors the display shows an error that indicates which reagent container s is are empty e The expiry date of the reagent is exceeded or the container is opened longer than three months Prepare new reagent as described in section Reagents preparation 4 Waste bottle full message or No waste bottle message e The waste container also has a level detector If a waste error is shown on the display the InteRRliner V8 will stop filling and cleaning pipettes until a new or empty container has been installed e Empty the waste container and press Clear error 5 Fatal separator error e The Separator container has a level detector If the Fatal Separator error message is indicated on the display the Compact will stop the rinse cycle until the separator is empty e The cause of this problem can be foam or the waste pump is not working The Compact will continue to measure and send the ESR results on time to the printer but the rinse and fill sequences are stopped until the error is solved Page 230 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 During the start up sequence all the positioning sensors
271. pipettes are leaking replace check valves if leakage is persistent Check sensors and vacuum pressure settings Check instrument settings Check communication interface settings Perform aspiration with test blood before normal operation check if all steps are performed without errors InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 355 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics mechatronics Work instruction Number 181 7 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Replace diluter syringe Teflon tip Safety None Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact with new diluter Revision Draft October 2001 version Disassembly diluter syringe Unscrew the syringe from the attachment 1 2 3 E 1 2 Take the syringe from the diluter assembly Pull the plunger out of the syringe Cut the Teflon tip of the plunger with a sharp knife Be careful not to damage the metal plunger Replace the O ring and then the tip Replace the old tip for the new tip assembly From repair set QWLV030902 Moisten the tip with water to ease the tip back into the glass syringe barrel Install the syringe back on to the attachment Prime diluent MAINTENANCE PRIME DILUENT Repeat this step until there are no air bubbles in the total diluent system Check your dilution settings e O D Select display dilution on SETTINGS gt GENERAL SETTINGS gt DISPLAY DILUTION gt ON Run 10 sample
272. play on the transport module and in the range from 00 till 86 is produced by the Indexer the Elevator and some communication error from the rack transport module See for the complete list on the numbers the Appendix Error list InteRRliner rack transport on page 246 16 4 1 The numbers from 00 till 06 The numbers from 00 till 06 are generated for the internal boards Most common fault is that there is a power failure to one of the boards Restart the Compact by switching OFF and ON again Ee Explanation Possible Reason Solution Elevator unit not functioning Indexer unit not functioning Page 212 Elevator unit did not respond to main unit Compact keyboard during start up Indexer unit did not respond to main unit Compact keyboard during start up No power on the Elevator board IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Indexer board IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 4 2 The numbers from 20 till 31 Errors in the next range are problems with the internal communications between the Compact and the Elevator board Restart the Compact by switching OFF and ON again Read error battery RAM real time clock RTC Write e
273. port Environmental Health and S Important Complete this form within 24 hours of the incident and FAX to Mechatronics 31 0 229 24 15 34 Leg Name Fest rame neat Compay Gem a Mes Feet Gsesargteegatg Yersep pf zess f cr 2 Em Tires ei day ra Date Reported Description of incident Gate mady the sequence of aarti leading to the nadert where t occured EA Wa Fe person was doing the sze weight ard type of equpeent or materiais ebe ete Injury LR Tra Ad Heth Caro Meche ie D Die a Names and addresses of witnesses Details of property damage if any l a c ures Actions to recurrence l Cheotumart actions bian to prevent ce More than ore tem may apply Mew parier awt A ero parura pD pagr forte pomi op weet k ng e 10 r m sf qe Weed teren et Jhi 5 Renee a m er getrigregnt rarer ee 11 Le gege eg een wii HR wb utate eegen 8 Canea conqutes ove OC zf ett ji t2 Oma banard t Describe zs taken to prevent eneen Segrwhee of parton reporting nodet FA Stak Reed Fexierg Report V Q 4 August 2004 Issued by Te Serece Department of Mecturroncs Cogyrigt Mechatrorscs BN InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN GE mechatronics Installation 4 INSTALLATION The installation of the InteRRliner is to be carried out by the supplier Manual MRN 023 gives detailed information about the actual installation 4 1 Reagents preparati
274. possible hardware errors If results are continuously out of range due to significant difference between calculated mean and control value but the statistics show precise results with small deviations it should be considered to expand the acceptable assay range with QC Settings on page 98 If results are incidentally out of range it is advised to perform a daily maintenance and or fill and clean step and then perform another QC sample step before releasing patient results If results are not send to the LIMS QC Results can be exported to MS Excel CSV files for further analysis in lab s own Quality Control data system InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 151 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Reporting 11 REPORTING The InteRRliner V8 is able to handle different types of protocols The selection is made in SERVICE SERIAL OUTPUT SETTING 11 1 Protocols A protocol is a set of rules governing the communication and the transfer of data between machines as in a computer system It is also a formal set of rules and procedures to be followed during a request for information before data is transferred between machines and computer systems The following protocols can be selected for data transfer to the Laboratory data processor computer No Serial output MECHATRONICS 01 bidirectional on page 289 MECHATRONICS 02 unidirectional on page 295 Sysmex SE 9000 on page 321 Sysmex SE 9000 unidirectional on page 325 Sysmex
275. program 6 3 11 History sample analyse option Search options Make a selection for 1 A specific number of past days 2 A specific date 3 A range of days from start date to end date 6 3 12 History sample analyse option day i Search options Make a selection for all of today s results or only today s results between start time and end time InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 67 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 13 Set start date Search options Set Time and Date 12 13 TE JS 16 19 20 21 2 e Input the Start date and time 6 3 14 Set end date Search options Input the End date and time Page 68 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 4 Reagents screen Sample D History E Reagents s Maintenance Settings m Service et Separator Rinse solution Saline Diluent De ionized Disinfectant water Lot number Lot number Lot number Lot number Lot number 123456789 123456789 123456789 123456789 123456789 Expire date lexpire date Expire date Expire date Expire date 11 2081 11 2011 11 2011 n mi ti 2011 Placed Placed Placed Placed Placed 06 Oct 11 05 Oct 11 05 Oct 11 06 Oct 11 06 Oct 11 EI When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab REAGENTS The alarm status of the bottles and separator are shown in this screen An empty
276. pump TANS neben Eeer he waarmee 175 15 1 7 Pipettes not dry after washing and drving 175 15 2 Liquid level Sensor not sensimg 175 15 3 e E 176 15 3 1 Diluter system not sufficiently primed AAA 176 15 3 2 Air bubbles entering the Diluent system ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeteeeenaaees 176 153 3 e Tee 178 154 e eee ee eee a tee etree ee ree ee ee ere 179 15 4 1 Vacuum stabilisation BrODlSIMS si2i2ss5ccssinsaiesiecdaceieieadeaesentsiOivcanienesties 179 15 4 2 EHNEN 180 15 5 Flushing le 0 gt eee art eles eee ate ee ee ae ere anaia 181 16 5 12 De ionized VS srrniteisimiin iina i a i a i eiai 181 e a e EE 181 156 TDS GOA RSE eege enee 182 15 6 1 Tube adapter does not close cssessessssessssssssssssseesssseseeeeeseeseeseeeeea 182 15 6 2 Sample probe fails to go down ENNEN 182 e Air BUDDIES eegenen a Eege 183 E en ER Foam CO UMN assistive ere ae 183 15 7 2 Pipette looks like zebra crossing siscssscdensasscasecssncasetasvensncasncnetasncnsecasncasecase 184 15 7 3 One air bubble about 5 mm under MeNiISCUS e cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeees 184 15 7 4 One air bubble rising in pipette ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeesseseeeeeeeeeees 185 15 7 5 Small air bubbles rising in pipette eee reer eee eeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeteeeeaaea 185 15 7 6 Random air bubbles in pDipette AAA 185 15 8 Leaking ee 186 E GE Ee 186 15 10 Contaminated mstrument eret 187 15 11 IS URoi TEE 187 15 12 Ee
277. r Broken wire s to Switch in motor Faulty Switch in motor driver on Transport board Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch in motor Transport unit Switch in unit mechanically blocked Check Switch in sensors Faulty Switch in motor Broken wire s to Switch in motor Faulty Switch in motor driver on Transport board Check Switch in sensors Transport unit InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E2075 Transport 1 4 Switch_out timeout E1080 End pool Endpool slider timeout E4081 End pool Endpool full E2082 End pool End pool rack blocked InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN The Switch out motor Transport unit did not reach the home or release position within a certain time limit The Slider motor End pool did not reach the home or front position within a certain time limit A rack has been sampled but could not be transported to the End pool This error will clear itself when the racks on the End pool are removed A rack was detected and transported in the End pool The Rack Transport unit End pool reached the end position back but the Rack Home sensor did not detect the rack Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Switch out motor Transport unit Switch out unit mechanically blocked Check Switch out sensors Faulty Switch out motor
278. r V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 TROUBLE SHOOTING Occasionally small faults may cause major problems This chapter may help to solve the most common faults and explain why a specific problem occurs A lot of the problems or errors are due to a lack of maintenance Remember that this instrument operates with a considerable amount of whole blood virtually undiluted stores it in a pipette for one hour and then cleans pipettes for re use Therefore it is important to keep to the maintenance schedules It is recommended that trained service personnel checks and applies service to the instrument at least once a year Errors which are not explained in this section can usually not be solved by the operator Refer to the Service manual for more information available only in English The error numbers are displayed in the PC software 15 1 Peristaltic pumps The Peristaltic pumps are located under the Waste bottle housing assembly flap 15 1 1 Rinse solution not primed through the system Rip SOLU gt N ALINE a geet t a arg tamon one LS 4 1 Check the rinse tube condition It may be worn or leaking or incorrectly fitted Check the pick up tube in the rinse container it may have become detached from the tube connector in the cap See WI 162 rinse tube replacement on page 335 2 Check rinse solution level in rinse solution container e Ifthe level is insuffic
279. r front position within a certain time limit A rack has been sampled but could not be transported to the End pool This error will clear itself when the racks on the End pool are removed A rack was detected and transported in the End pool The Rack Transport unit End pool reached the end position back but the Rack Home sensor did not detect the rack Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Slider motor End pool Slider mechanically blocked Check Slider sensors Faulty Slider motor Broken wire s to Slider motor Faulty Slider motor driver on End pool board Remove racks from End pool If this message comes up and the End pool is not full check the Pool Full sensor Check End pool for misplaced rack s Check Rack Home sensor little red switch Check End pool cross sensor transmitter amp receiver InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport Check Rack transport end sensor Me End pool HST fault E2084 End pool Transport motor err E3085 End pool Ejector motor error InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Warning an error occurred during rack handling between End pool and external device HST Possible rack jam The Rack Transport motor End pool did not reach the front or back position within a certain time limit The Ejector motor End pool di
280. r service and control purposes y oe i to SAMPLE Screen on page 41 La HISTORY screen on page 46 REAGENTS screen on page 69 MAINTENANCE Screen on page 72 SETTINGS screen on page 86 General settings password protected 3964 SERVICE SCREEN on page 100 password protected 3964 Page 40 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Re mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 1 Software version The latest software and manuals for the InteRRliner V8 can be downloaded from our website www rrmechatronics com The following program description is valid for software up to version 5 01 Software version V5 00 and higher runs only on a Windows 7 PC 6 2 Sample screen C Sample li i History i Reagents wa LI s0min method STARSED Compa Di KH InteRRliner 3 14 22 05 2010 12 29 44 The main menu is displayed during operation To access other menus select the required tab on the display and press the mouse button To access the other sub menus in the selected tab select the required button and press the mouse button The following screens are selectable via the associated tabs 1 SAMPLE screen on page 41 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 41 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program HISTORY screen on page 46 REAGENTS screen on page 69 MAINTENANCE Screen on page 72 SETTINGS screen on page 86 SERVICE
281. r timeout InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN back position The elevator didn t reach its position within a certain time limit The platform slider didn t reach the front or back position within a certain time limit The Sample arm unit in out didn t reach the in needle or out rack position within a certain time limit The Mixer didn t reach the up or down position within a certain time limit platform unit Fuse was triggered Faulty lift motor Elevator mechanically blocked Broken wire s to lift motor Faulty lift motor driver on Elevator board Check platform home and front sensors Faulty platform slider motor Platform unit mechanically blocked Broken wire to platform slider motor Faulty platform slider motor driver on Elevator board Check sample arm out and home sensors Faulty rotation motor Sample arm unit mechanically blocked Broken wire to rotation motor Faulty rotation motor driver on Elevator board Check mixer sensors Faulty mixer motor Mixer unit mechanically blocked Broken wire to mixer motor Faulty mixer motor driver on Elevator board Page 243 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E197 Sample unit in out error elevator platform not in back position E198 Sample unit in out error elevator not in up position E199 Tube unit front back error sample arm not in out position E200 Sample
282. rature 18 28 Relative humidity 10 90 InteRRliner overall dimensions Dimensions InteRRliner configuration single double triple Width 1800 mm 2900 4000 Height 1530 mm 1530 1530 Depth 1010 mm 1010 1010 Weight Compact unit 45 kg Input pool 65 kg Output pool 65 kg Conveyer robot unit 140 kg Back panels 18 kg single 22 kg double 26 kg triple InteRRliner sample throughput Throughput ESR hr 100 occupation InteRRliner configuration single double triple 30 minute method 140 240 375 60 minute method 75 140 215 Data storage d 30 Gb Hard disk on external PC Storage medium approx 5 Mb per 1000 samples results and raw data Storage capacity indication InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 21 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Instrument description 2 2 Accessories kit The InteRRliner V8 comes with an accessories kit For a complete list of the the contents of accessories kit see Appendix Article reference list Compact InteRRliner on page 223 2 3 Sample unit and End pool The analyser section is located in the center part of the InteRRliner and holds the following three units 1 Conveyor belt running from the In pool to the End Pool 2 Indexer unit initialize racks and reads the barcode of the present sample tubes 3 Sample robot unit mixes the sample tubes and places one sample tube in the sample tube adapter of the ESR analyser 2 3 1 Conveyor belt section The
283. re positive for blood borne pathogens Other precautions are necessary to prevent exposure to potential respiratory diseases 5 2 2 Medical requirements Routine personal medical assessments are advised at regular intervals yearly for all personal exposed to potential biohazard Immunisation for Hepatitis B is recommended for everyone who is taking blood samples or dealing with human blood or bodily fluids 5 2 3 General laboratory practices The laboratory is a shared facility it must be booked in advance with the Technician in Charge All users must follow all Departmental Safety Guidelines and Bio safety Policy Each user is responsible to leave a clean disinfected and tidy work place All biohazard waste must be properly disposed Page 36 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Standard Operating Procedures S O P 5 2 4 Specific laboratory practices and requirements Biohazard waste Dispose blood tubes into a biohazard sharps container Dispose sharps into a biohazard sharps container All other bio hazardous waste is to be deposited into a biohazard bag All bio hazardous waste is deposited into the Medical Waste Management MWM bin for pick up Decontamination procedures Routine At the end of each experiment or each day disinfect lab benches and any equipment Spills Small spills of biohazard material should be treated by first covering them with an absorbent paper to avoid
284. rease on the rim of separator will make the assembling and adjustment easier 2 If applicable replace the bacterial HEPA filter For Maintenance Level 4 exhange bacterial HEPA filter QWLV040002 3 Re connect the silicon tube to the bottom tube connector 4 Lift left cover 5 Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up 6 Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf 7 Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 8 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 9 Replace the waste container 10 Close left cover Page 340 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Rs mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 172 Page 1 of 2 Purpose Cleaning Measure sensor Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 002 February 2014 Remove of the top cover 1 Switch InteRRliner V8 OFF 2 Remove the two rear screws of the top cover 3 Lift the top cover carefully from the instrument If the measure sensor is out of range the sensor must be cleaned In order to clean the measure sensor remove the pipette at the measuring position complete with top and bottom clamp For cleaning use a cotton bud dipped in deionised water or aerosol air blower make sure the cotton bud is just damp Do not use any organic solvents Pipette removal 1 Push and pull vertically the pipette from the holding positi
285. rm consistently within the acceptable ranges patient results should be considered invalid Contact your StaRRsed instrument provider for assistance If results vary outside the specified assay ranges discard the tube and utilize a new tube If difficulties persist contact your supplier for further assistance and or instructions InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 147 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RI mechatronics Quality control 10 2 3 Temperature correction The assayed values are based on an 60 minutes ESR with dilution and temperature correction Therefore the measured ESR value should be compared with the expected value using temperature correction The calculation of a 30 minute measurement to a 60 minute ESR result with temperature correction influences the QC result See chapter QC Results on page 149 for more information 10 2 4 Usage options StaRRsed Control can be used in two ways 1 With original StaRRsed barcode label The StaRRsed software maintains internal QC history and sends an error message when test results are out of range 2 With user barcode label The user can use his own ID labels hereafter called Lab ID Existing QC procedures and LIMS interface settings can be maintained without any changes The Lab ID is linked within the StaRRsed software to the original StaRRsed Control barcode An external barcode reader can be used to read the 10 character QC barcode labels on the tube or the package insert to cr
286. rntresttrttrnnnrrsrrrrtnrrnnnrserertnnnnnnneeeeenene 79 6 0 24 Dil ter Start EE 79 6 5 2 5 DIMSNE NOW SONS E 79 6 5 2 6 Separator Sensor ixccacicsemrvicncnaiciaiencactiewneemeneialnws weenie 79 6 5 2 7 GE 79 6 5 2 8 EE 80 6 5 3 Display error Oe EE 81 6 5 4 Display maintenance history ssssseeeeeeeeseseeerrrrrreserrrrrrrnnersserrnnnrnnnnsssrrnnee 82 6 5 5 Maintenance e e DEEN 83 6 5 5 1 Maintenance info Oovervlew 84 6 5 6 eebe E E 84 6 5 7 End of day wash schedule settnmgs NENNEN 85 6 5 8 End of day wash ODtlONS ssiaicisiccercssccvascebincovesviwcentsbekiareeuimenrestsmeenersmeereniae 85 6 6 General SN Sec reece da was rect caterer dacre ct ee eens eee aceececeees 86 6 6 1 Carousel Control E 89 6 6 1 1 Flow test potentiometer mean ENEE 90 6 6 1 2 FIOW test HEN 91 6 6 1 3 Flow EE 91 6 6 1 4 Flow test leakage esdegiteeseeiteegeeedeeertee geed dEeedeegd geed ege 92 6 6 1 5 Flow test Fill sensor E eenienerer ehren dreet ite eEd egeegginseg 92 6 6 1 6 Flow test Fill sensor glass kee 93 a E FIOW 16S SII EE 93 6 6 1 8 Set new rinse position sixccccriiecoresaevasccbicioreeuterantssuecareeewerisacerera meme 94 6 6 2 re EE 95 6 6 2 1 Dilution adjustment 60 till 409 95 6 6 2 2 Dilution error detection O till 25 ENNEN 95 6 6 2 3 Auto dilution GOI geet cise een ae aes eet 96 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 7 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Contents 6 6 2 4 Diluent flow check sccicccncisensrecesne
287. ror battery RAM real time clock RTC E155 Read error serial EEPROM on Compact keyboard E156 Write error serial EEPROM on Compact keyboard E157 CHECKSUM error serial EEPROM on Compact keyboard error between the RTC and the main processor The following settings are lost Carrousel position Service amp Sample counter Pipette data Historical data There was a communication error during a write operation The main processor was not able to store the settings in the battery RAM of the RTC After reading the settings in the RTC the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in the RTC Settings are lost see error 20 There was a communication error between the EEPROM and the main processor during e a read operation Default settings are loaded Check all settings see below error list There was a communication error during a write operation The main processor was not able to store the settings see below error list in EEPROM After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default settings are loaded Check all settings see below error list Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Faulty RTC chip PCF8583 on Compact keyboard RTC chip not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty RTC chip PCF8583 on Compact keyboard RTC chip not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty RTC chip PCF8583 on Comp
288. rror battery RAM real time clock RTC Read error serial EEPROM on Compact keyboard Write error serial EEPROM on Compact keyboard Checksum error serial EEPROM on Compact keyboard Read error serial EEPROM There was a e on Elevator or Indexer communication error InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN There was a communication error between the RTC and the main processor The following settings are lost Carrousel position Service amp Sample counter Pipette data Historical data There was a communication error during a write operation The main processor was not able to store the settings in the battery RAM of the RTC There was a communication error between the EEPROM and the main processor during a read operation Default settings are loaded Check all settings There was a communication error during a write operation The main processor was not able to store the settings see below error list in EEPROM After reading the settings from EEPROM the calculated checksum did not match with the checksum stored in EEPROM Default settings are loaded Check all settings Faulty RTC chip PCF8583 on Compact keyboard RTC chip not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty RTC chip PCF8583 on Compact keyboard RTC chip not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Compact keyboard EEPROM not mounted on Compact keyboard Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on C
289. ructions Remove the obstructions and restart the Compact by switching OFF and ON again Barcode rotator up down motor timeout Indexer error barcode rotator not in up position Indexer error elevator platform not in back position The Barcode rotator up down motor didn t reach its up or down position within a certain time limit The indexer didn t reach its position within a certain time limit The indexer could not move to a new position because the barcode rotator was not in its up position The indexer could not move to a new position because the elevator platform was not in its back position Check up and down sensors Faulty up down motor Barcode rotator unit mechanically blocked Broken wire to up down motor Faulty up down motor driver on Indexer board Faulty indexer motor Indexer mechanically blocked Broken wire s to indexer motor Faulty indexer motor driver on Indexer board Check resettable fuse at the back of the InteRRliner Check Barcode rotator up down motor Check up sensor of Barcode rotator up down unit Check Tube unit front back motor Check back sensor of Tube unit front back unit Time out means that the software does not detect any responds back after the motion is started Common solution to solve this problem check if there is an object in the way or stuck See for the complete list on the numbers the Appendix Compact In
290. ry data record format 21 bytes Parameter D ent OOO Comment Text distinction code distinction code Text distinction code ee eee Sarpe Dro Im Paten number same as sample dat R 3500 order information record format 156 bytes Parameter a Comment Text distinction code Text distinction codel EE E Information status C does not exist GE exists Dacos e we ee LY OC fake fe Deen e EES Faemino e ToO o i yo Page 312 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Patient name Sex Patient birthday Doctor name Ward Patient comments Reserved RET 1 sO Esrflag 0 ESR no 1 ESR yes Reserved Compact HAZY code messages The code appears in the sample data record at variable RBC This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined 0 Sample is clear Sample is Hazy lt 10 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings Compact ERROR code messages This code appears in the sample data record at variable HGB The following 7 codes are defined 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely high ESR value 3 Too many borders found Error More than t
291. s Work instruction Number 197 Page 1 of 2 Purpose Fill and Clean Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument InteRRliner V8 Revision 002 September 2012 Cleaning agent preparation InteRRliner V8 Compact Fill and clean This cycle takes about 90 minutes 1 o Fill the clean adapter EHST110907 with hot de ionized water 100 ml Add 10 ml cleaning agent QRR 010905 to the hot ach water in the adapter Place the cap on the adapter and mix well Put the adapter with cleaning solution on the lower tube holder Select MAINTENANCE tab PRIME CLEAN button FILL AND CLEAN E Pipette data will be lost LD ise rilactean adapter ON Start Fill and clean procedure 1 Select button OK 2 The needle goes down and the process is started 3 When all the pipettes are filled the needle goes back to the home position 4 Remove the adapter from the needle assembly InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Page 377 Rs mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 R mechatronics Work instruction Number 225 Page 1of9 Purpose Maintenance level 2 Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument InteRRliner V8 Revision 001 March 2014 1 Clean Fill nozzle and exchange O ring Fill Nozzle Disassemble the fill nozzle Disassemble fill nozzle holder 1 Turn the holder to the right 1 Turn th
292. s through the instrument and make a note of the dilution rate Calculate the mean value of the 10 samples Make adjustment if necessary in SETTINGS gt DILUTER SETTINGS gt DILUTION ADJUSTMENT Page 356 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 mechatronics Work instruction Number 187 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Daily maintenance Safety Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 March 2014 Prepare disinfectant if not already prepared Add 10 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite to 190 ml de ionized water 5 solution This disinfectant is for cleaning of all external parts that are exposed to blood 1 Go to tab MAINTENANCE and perform the End of day wash procedure when Fill amp Clean is used End of day wash is not required 2 Check system for leakage e Inspect the peristaltic pump tubes and connections for leaks e Check that liquid does not run back into the supply bottles after the pumps have stopped 3 Clean and inspect the sample needle e Inspect sample needle condition If necessary replace the sample probe or outer needle See Work Instruction Sample probe or outer needle replacement e Clean the outer needle with disinfectant 4 Check tubing from the syringe for trapped air bubbles Se Check Diluent syringe for trapped air bubbles 6 If trapped air bubbles are found go to
293. sample tube slightly downwards and the aspiration cycle will be aborted e A broken outer needle may cause a similar fault e Check for mechanical obstructions e Electronic failure e Fatal error call distributor e Mechanical failure e Fatal error call distributor See the Error list for other sample probe errors Page 182 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 7 Air bubbles After a normal aspiration the Westergren pipette must be free of air bubbles In the following examples different patterns of air bubbles which can appear in the pipettes are shown Air bubbles can affect the sedimentation and are mostly reported as errors and no ESR result is reported Usually bubbles are caused by a leakage at the bottom of the pipette If air bubbles are visible in the pipette check the following 15 7 1 Foam in column A layer of air bubbles that is concentrated on top of the blood column does not affect the sedimentation process itself The sedimentation develops normally below the bubbles However too many bubbles bring about a shortening of the effective blood column which is a deviation from the Westergren method A layer of bubbles up to 5 mm No message Normal ESR result is reported A layer of bubbles from 5 to 25 mm ESR warning 6 Bubbles on top Results should be reviewed before release A layer of bubbles larger than 25 mm ESR Error 3 Too many borders
294. sample was aspirated e TIME TOGO The number of minutes to wait until the sample will be measured The indicators at the right side show the current status of the selected pipette e Pipette filled OK A sample has been aspirated into the pipette without problems e Pipette dirty The sample has been measured and the pipette is marked to be washed when it reaches the rinse station This indicator is also on when a sample could not be aspirated properly e Pipette leak Reserved for future use InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 45 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 History screen Service C a Sample ij History E Reagents we Maintenance Select date to show results z Sample 1D 30 01 2012 gt 27 01 2012 26 01 2012 Refresh Options 25 01 2012 v ara Fa 30331602 31 01 2012 08 44 04 2 24 Je EDTA 30610002 Sijorj20i2 08 23 07 es 24 60 EDTA II 30610302 suouzoizosze06 11 a sl Ten i 30610402 31 01 2012 08 24 05 11 24 60 EDTAIIS 306 10502 Taimo i 24160 T H 30610702 sijoijzoiz 08 2453 3 2 60 EDTA ii 30616802 aiios a 3 el EDTA 30610902 31 01 2012 08 26 29 17 en EDTA 35611002 Sioizoizoe2716 i 2 eo eptai3o 30611602 aios UG ae EDTA 30611902 31forj2oi2 08 29 42 14 24 60 EDTA 30612102 3ijoij2oi2 06 30 27 46 u en EDTA iii 30612702 sijoiaoi2o8 sin6 2 24 eo
295. sed Control material must be diluted manually by transferring the necessary amount of material into a pre citrated ESR blood collection tube Immediately after re suspending transfer the necessary amount of material into a pre citrated tube according instructions of the tube manufacturer Close the tube with the mixture and invert at least 12 times then place the sample into the analyzer 1 When using LAB ID Link the Lab ID with StaRRsed Control Sample ID see chapter Linked QC ID s on page 62 Attach the lab ID label on the tube on top of the original StaRRsed Control label 2 Invert the StaRRsed Control tube until packed cells have been completely re suspended Continue mixing for 30 seconds at least 12 complete inversions Avoid foaming DO NOT VORTEX NOTE To ensure consistent and reproducible results the Control material must be thoroughly mixed and handled in the same manner each time Place StaRRsed Control tube immediately after mixing into the analyzer 4 Start the Sample mode The StaRRsed Control sample is processed in the same manner as a patient sample Depending on the settings in QC settings a request and or result is send to the LIMS 5 Restore tube after each use at 18 30 Ge For detailed information see the StaRRsed Control Package Insert The contents of one tube of 5ml is sufficient for three Control samples Do not mix residual material with material from other tubes Do not re use empty tubes Th
296. sensor transmitter amp receiver InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics W5049 Start pool NO host response_1 W5050 Start pool NO host response_2 W5051 Start pool Error info length W5052 Start pool NO host response_3 W5053 Start pool NO host response_4 W5053 Start pool NO host response_5 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN The InteRRliner did not receive an answer Ack Nack from the Host LIMS system after sending an inquiry to the Host The InteRRliner did not receive the patient order information record from the Host LIMS system within a certain time limit The InteRRliner received an incorrect patient order information record from the Host LIMS system The length of the record was incorrect The communication was interrupted while receiving a patient order information record from the Host LIMS system The InteRRliner did not receive an answer Ack Nack from the Host LIMS system after sending a sample result record to the Host The InteRRliner did not receive an answer Ack Nack from the Host LIMS system after sending a flag record to the Host Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Check baudrate settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Hos
297. sensor error Rinse head up error Measure head not home error Separator full error OANOARWN gt The explanation of all these messages can be found in Appendix System messages Compact V8 Page 160 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Maintenance 13 MAINTENANCE The InteRRliner V8 is an analyzer that operates with considerable amounts of whole blood virtually undiluted and stores it in a pipette for one hour For this reason instrument maintenance is of the utmost importance To maintain the maximum reliability of the instrument the maintenance procedures must be strictly followed All procedures are based on a number of samples Maintenance levels Work instruction Daily on page 161 WI 187 Daily on page 357 Weekly on page 162 WI 191 Weekly maintenance on page 358 Level 4 maintenance on page WI 1215 Level 4 maintenance on page 363 164 Every 7500 samples Level 3 maintenance on page WI 224 Level 3 maintenance on page 369 168 Every 22500 samples Level 2 maintenance on page WI 225 Level 2 maintenance on page 378 168 Every 45000 samples Level 1 maintenance on page WI 199 Level 1 maintenance on page 349 169 Every 90000 samples Note Numbers are based on 5 days week with 350 samples per day WARNING Always be aware of the danger of infection especially during maintenance Take appropriate precautions There is blood involved
298. ser manual Page 73 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 1 3 Prime Diluent e PRIME DILUENT The Diluter prime cycle is 5 strokes of the syringe 6 5 1 4 Prime de ionized water e PRIME DE IONIZED WATER After each aspiration the fill nozzle is flushed with de ionized water 6 5 1 5 Prime Disinfectant e PRIME DISINFECTANT During a pipette rinse cycle a small amount of disinfectant is flushed around the bottom of the pipette and into the waste system 6 5 1 6 Prime all units When the InteRRliner V8 has been idle for more than eight hours some reagents may have dropped from the tubes due to gravity Prime all tubing before sampling with e PRIME ALL UNITS All priming functions are sequentially performed one time 6 5 1 7 Wash each pipette e Wash each pipette When the pipette belt turns one position the pipette at the rinse position will be rinsed and dried regardless if it was filled or not 6 5 1 8 Wash only sample pipettes e Wash only sample pipettes All pipettes which are currently holding samples are washed and dried ones A warning is shown on the display lt Pipette data will be lost gt NOTE Before executing this function check carefully if there are samples in the pipette belt that need to be measured Any remaining samples will be washed away and will NOT be measured 6 5 1 9 Wash all pipettes e Wash all pipettes All pipettes on the pipette belt are w
299. software settings e SAVE SETTINGS AS is used for storing software settings to a file There are no restrictions for the file name e SAVE SETTINGS is used for storing software settings after settings are changed or altered This menu has all the functions related to the following items 1 General screen on page 101 2 Elevator screen on page 103 3 Indexer screen on page 104 Page 100 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 1 General Barcode screen vm Sample gjy Ee L Maintenance Settings m Service CHs 3 PU Mc GH end Sab ard o Op GD Red Rack tember On Off CS Inspect amp remove ched dgt This menu has all the functions related to the following items 1 General screen on page 101 2 Elevator screen on page 103 3 Indexer screen on page 104 The following can be set and tested 1 HOOD SAFEGUARD e Switch safeguard alarm ON or OFF 2 READ RACK NUMBER InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 101 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program e Only applicable when Sysmex racks and a Sysmex protocol are used Option for reading the rack number with the barcode reader To be able to handle tube labels without check digit and rack labels always with check digit reading or ignoring the check digit can be set ON or OFF with INSPECT CHECK DIGIT amp REMOVE CHECK DIGIT If the check digit settin
300. sor Transport unit Check main conveyer belt motor Transport unit Check Ejector motor Start pool Check the indexer clamp The indexer clamp can be tested in menu Indexer Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board Check the indexer clamp The indexer clamp can be tested in menu Indexer Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board Check the indexer clamp The indexer clamp can be tested in menu 8 6 on the Compact Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E0067 Transport 1 4 Discharge rack lost E1070 Transport 1 4 Switch_in timeout E1071 Transport 1 4 Switch_out pos err InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN A rack was lost during transportation from Compact to End pool The Switch in motor Transport unit did not reach the home position within a certain time limit The Switch in motor Transport unit could not move to the home position because the Switch out motor Transport unit was not on position home Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Removing the rack during transportation could cause this error This is normal Rack mechanically blocked Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Transport motor Transport unit or the Pool in motor End pool Check Sw
301. ssette 7 Exchange Pinch valve tube Replace the pinch valve tube ESRI010246 1 Open the left cover 2 Pull the tube out the pinch valve 3 Disconnect the silicon tube from the bottom connector and the top connector 4 Remove the tube 5 Connect the silicon tube to the bottom connector and the top connector 6 Push the tube in the pinch valve 7 Close the left cover Page 384 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RK mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 8 Final preparation Prepare disinfectant if not already prepared Add 10 ml bleach sodium hypochlorite to 190 ml de ionized water 5 solution This disinfectant is for cleaning of all external parts that are exposed to blood Air filter replacement ESRI QWLV0400003 1 2 3 Go to tab MAINTENANCE and perform the End of day wash procedure when Fill amp Clean is used End of day wash is not required Check system for leakage e Inspect the peristaltic pump tubes and connections for leaks e Check that liquid does not run back into the supply bottles after the pumps have stopped Clean and inspect the sample needle e Inspect sample needle condition If necessary replace the sample probe or outer needle See Work Instruction Sample probe or outer needle replacement e Clean the outer needle with disinfectant Check tubing from the syringe for trapped air bubbles Check Diluent syringe for trapped air bubb
302. st reading darkest 100 and the lightest 0 absorption respectively By definition the levels are 87 5 Cells plasma separation 75 0 Hazy detection 50 0 Meniscus detection hazy gt 25mm hazy 1025mm 298 w hazy lt 10mm _10_ dear lt 3mm 3 cells p 100 Sc 90 J 3 V 2 gie clear hazy lt 10 mm Dm am out off gt MA measure aroa 20 e gi pasma To T Sos tee ee ee See E zem pipet column bottom 3 sedimentation 110mm a height Graphic showing typical absorption values of a sample InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 15 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Introduction 1 4 Explanation of available documentation Manuals for the InteRRliner V8 are available on three levels for the operator the supervisor and the service engineer The following manuals are available 1 Instructions for Use IFU Intended for the operator Contains instructions for normal operation safety preventive maintenance and trouble shooting procedures to solve the most common problems Available in several languages 2 User Manual UM Intended for the lab supervisor Contains information from the IFU and additional information concerning settings service higher maintenance levels and trouble shooting procedures to solve more complicated problems Only available in English 3 Service Manual SM Intended for trained service engineers Describes maintenance servicing and
303. stainless steel vacuum tube with use of the lever 3 Pull the liquid separator towards the front of the Compact Note The separator has two sensor connectors at the rear 4 Disconnect the silicon tube from the tube connection on the top section 5 Remove bacterial HEPA filter 6 Remove and disassemble the liquid separator Cleaning 1 Clean all parts with hot water and a brush 2 Use some acid free vaseline on the screw thread of the glass jar 3 Assemble the separator Replacing 1 Replace the top section A little silicon grease on the rim of separator will make the assembling and adjustment easier 2 If applicable replace the bacterial HEPA filter For Maintenance Level 4 Exchange bacterial HEPA filter QWLV040002 3 Re connect the silicon tube to the tube connector on the top section Lift left cover Lift stainless steel vacuum tube up Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 8 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 9 Replace the waste container 10 Close left cover NO 3 Check sensors Vacuum pressure check InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 359 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 e Go to tab MAINTENANCE gt CHECK SENSOR Select CHECK FLOW SENSOR box Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs 0300 380 0390 Offset 0045 0050 0055 If the flow is not in ra
304. t LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Check baudrate settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Check Host LIMS system Check protocol settings Check baudrate settings Bad cable s between InteRRliner and Host LIMS system Page 253 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E0062 Transport 1 4 Supply rack lost E0063 Transport 1 4 ESRI timeout_1 E0065 Transport 1 4 ESRI timeout_3 E0066 Transport 1 4 ESRI timeout_4 Page 254 A rack was lost during transportation from Start pool to Compact The Compact did not open or close the indexer within a certain time limit A rack has been sampled and was ready to be pushed switch out on the conveyer belt but the Compact did not open the indexer within a certain time limit A rack has been sampled and pushed switch out on the conveyer belt but the Compact did not close the indexer within a certain time limit mechatronics Removing the rack during transportation could cause this error This is normal Rack mechanically blocked Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Transport motor Transport unit or the Ejector motor Start pool Check Rack Catch sen
305. t data Measurement time Rack no i na na Inquiry mode N Sample ID number Reserved IP Messages ESR 60 MINUTES HAZY CODE ERROR CODE SEDIMENTATION TIME DILUTION RATE ESR 30 MINUTES Reserved Aspiration date Aspiration time Reserved Text distinction codel 1 D Text distinction code 1 d Sample distinction code 1 U Measurement data 8 05092014 Measurement ime 1 6 084626 Rackno LS 001234 Tube position no 2 05 Ja mode Jif n Sample ID number 20 Reserved Joj IP Messages 6f ESR 60 MINUTES 6 000123 Hazy cope 5 om ERROR CODE 5 wo TEMPERATURE Is wm SEDIMENTATION TIME 6 wg DILUTIONRATE Is 00704 ESR 30 MINUTES 5 sl Reseved Jof Aspiration date 8 Aspirationtime 6f Reserved 80 oo n a not applicable This code appears in the sample data record at column 5 The following 4 codes are defined InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 319 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 0 Sample is clear 1 Sample is Hazy lt 10 2 Sample is Hazy lt 25 3 Sample is Hazy gt 25 mechatronics Results with hazy aspect can be suppressed in the menu Limit error settings Compact ERROR code messages The following 7 codes are defined 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely hi
306. t messages according to the selected language but there were 24C01 on Start pool board EEPROM not mounted on Start pool board No power on one of the boards I2C cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series No power on one of the boards DC cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series No power on one of the boards I2C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series No power on one of the boards DC cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the InteRRliner are connected in series Corrupted memory Service engineer can reload the InteRRliner InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E4018 Start pool TOO many Menu items E4020 Start pool NO transport units E4021 Start pool Eeprom read error E4019 Start pool TOO much Error text Trouble Tub Ie shooting InteRRliner transport InteRRliner transport too many text messages in memory The InteRRliner tried to load all the menus according to the selected language but there were too many menu items in memory The InteRRliner tried to load all the error text messages according to the selected language but there were too many error text messages in memory The Start pool did not detect
307. te EXPORT TO EXCEL CSV Results can be exported to a CSV file and imported in an MS Excel file for further analyses BATCH All used batches of StaRRsed Control are shown results are shown for chosen batch ID CLOSE Return to History Screen 6 3 5 5 QC abnormal results screen extended OC Statistics and Results After scrolling the general data from the QC results are shown InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 59 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 5 6 QC abnormal results graph 4 OC Statistics and Results QC ABNORMAL Statistics amp Results Linked QC ID s QC resutts mm Calculated mean men Baa C Results table Expected ESR mm Statistics graph Batch OCSE44AA2S A Zeen 070142012 Ian 130t 2012 16j01 2012 19 01 2012 2240112012 25 01 2012 28 01 2012 DEG Date Calculated mean mm Standard deviation mm Coefficient of variation Number of QC results Display Statistics graph All QC results from the chosen StaRRsed Control batch are shown in a Levey Jennings chart Shown in the graph e QC results red values of measurements per date e Calculated mean yellow mean value of all QC results of the specific batch e Expected ESR green Assay mean value of chosen StaRRsed Control Shown as value e Calculated mean mean value of all QC results of the specific batch e Standard deviation the average d
308. teRRliner Errors numbers InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 217 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport 16 4 5 The numbers from 80 till 84 Bad communication between Compact and Input pool Unknown command from Input pool Bad communication between Compact and Input pool Bad communication between Compact and Input pool Page 218 Bad communication between Compact and Input pool or the communication between the Compact and the Input pool was interrupted The communication was OK but an unknown command was received from the Input pool The Compact did not receive a good answer first part after sending an inquiry to the Input pool The Compact did not receive a good answer second part after sending an inquiry to the Input pool mechatronics Errors in the next range are problems with the communication bus between the Compact and via the Start Pool to the LAB COMM host system Restart the Compact and InteRRliner by switching OFF and ON again Switching off the InteRRliner could cause this error This is normal Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board Check RS232 cable between Elevator board and InteRRliner Transport board If there are 12C errors in the Compact check the Compact IIC cable s If there are IIC errors in the InteRRliner check the InteRRliner IIC cable s Check RS232 cable between Elevator bo
309. tes Temperature in degrees Centigrade 10 Error message if the Analyser detects an error 11 EDTA mode REPORT EXAMPLE Not to scale StaRRsed Date 20 05 14 Time 15 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 915001 42 84 75 CLEAR 17 30 23 EDTA Page 154 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Reporting 11 2 3 ESR Error Error messages can be found on the printout in column 10 If errors are found during the measurement the Compact will give an audible alarm The Error message is displayed on the main screen 11 2 3 1 ESR Error and Warning code messages ESR ERROR and WARNING code messages This code appears in the sample data record at column 10 The following codes are defined 0 No errors 1 No cells plasma found Error No contents could be detected in the pipette ESR Probably gt 140 mm Error Extremely high ESR value Too many borders found Error More than three borders found possibly air bubbles See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range
310. tes the SALINE pump Liquid must flush through the needle assembly 3 PRIME DILUENT activates the diluter prime cycle Diluter system must be filled with diluent and free of air bubbles e Diluter prime cycle is executed once In order to fully prime the system it will be necessary to perform this step several times One cycle is 5 strokes of the Diluter 4 PRIME DE IONIZED WATER activates the fill nozzle water valve DE IONIZED WATER must flow through the tube connected to the fill nozzle cap 5 PRIME DISINFECTANT activates the disinfectant valve Disinfectant must flow through the small tube connected to the pipette wash station When the InteRRliner V8 has been idle for more than eight hours some reagents may have dropped from the tubes due to gravity Prime all tubing before sampling with e PRIME ALL UNITS All priming functions are sequentially performed one time 9 1 6 Fill procedure The protective hood must be closed to prevent injuries from the moving parts of the robotic unit Fill a rack with sample tubes and set the rack in the input pool of the InteRRliner Select the tab SAMPLE and press the Sample mode button The Rack will be transported to the barcode manipulator to read the barcode labels Then the rack is moved to the robotic arm and three sample tubes are picked up for mixing After mixing the tubes are replaced into the rack and the Rack is moved one position The robotic arm is picking up the sample tube and plac
311. the formation of aerosols Disinfect the spill by slowly pouring on a disinfecting solution working from the outside to the centre of the spill in a circular motion Leave the spill long enough for disinfection to take place check decontaminating instructions on the disinfectant container for time and then carefully wipe up wearing gloves Pick up any glass using forceps Once all the material has been removed disinfect the area thoroughly Inform the Technician in Charge of the spill Food No food or beverages will be brought into or consumed inside a blood laboratory at any time Accident reporting All accidents and injuries must be reported within 24 hours to the technician in Charge to the Departmental Joint Health and Safety Committee and to the Department of Environmental Health and Safety using an Incident Report from the main office or the Technician in Charge Laboratory access Access to the haematology laboratory is limited to persons who are directly involved with the testing equipment Children are not permitted in the laboratory Personal protective equipment Laboratory and maintenance personnel are expected to use a laboratory coat while working in the blood laboratory We advice the use of non canvas closed toe shoes wherever there is a potential for foot injury from hazardous materials or from small physical objects Personal outer clothing should not be stored in the blood laboratory Lab coats worn in the bl
312. the unit to release the tube out of the pump plate holder Remove the old tube from the peristaltic pump rotor Disconnect the tubing at both ends of the tube connectors Connect new tubing to both ends of the connectors Place one end of the tube in the pump plate holder Pull the new tube over the peristaltic pump rotor Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the back of the InteRRliner Page 335 Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Ri mechatronics R mechatronics Work instruction Number 163 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Change Saline pump tube Safety None Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 October 2012 New saline pump tube assembly ESRI090903 New tube replacement 1 2 D Jo om PG Open left cover Ringe _ gt N ALINE EE the tube out of the pump plate holder V8 Page 336 Remove the old tube from the peristaltic pump rotor Disconnect the tubing at both ends of the tube connectors Connect new tubing to both ends of the connectors Place one end of the tube in the pump plate holder Pull the new tube over the peristaltic pump rotor Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the back of the InteRRliner Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the front of the unit to release InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN E mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner
313. ting Air bubbles on page 183 4 Column height lt nnn gt Warning Column height must be between 180 and 210mm lt nnn gt the actual column height 5 Measure error Warning The down count is not equal to the up count from the measure head 6 Bubbles on top Warning Air bubbles on top of the ESR See Section Trouble shooting Air bubbles on page 183 Page 332 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 7 Limit error Error One of the following limits are out of the setting range ESR Time Column height Dilution Bubbles on top Hazy aspect Temperature InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Page 333 R mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 18 WORK INSTRUCTION INTERRLINER V8 Work instruction section Page 334 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 R mechatronics Work instruction Number 162 Page 1 of 1 Purpose Change Rinse pump tube Safety None Bio Hazard area Instrument Compact Revision 001 October 2012 New rinse pump tube assembly ESRI090902 New tube replacement 1 2 D Jo om PG Open left cover V8 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN STE Pull pump tube slightly downwards and at the same time towards the front of
314. ting InteRRliner transport Check Timeout time and Speed settings of the Pool in motor Start pool Rack on conveyer belt Start pool mechanically blocked Check Rack in sensor Faulty belt motor Broken wire s to belt motor Faulty belt motor driver on Start pool board Faulty EEPROM 24C01 on Start pool board Removing the rack during transportation and pressing the Rack Home switch by hand could cause this warning This is normal Check Start pool for misplaced rack s Check Rack Home switch little red switch Check Start pool cross sensor transmitter amp receiver Page 203 Trouble shooting InteRRliner transport W5049 Start pool NO host response_1 W5050 Start pool NO host response_2 W5051 Start pool Error info length W5052 Start pool NO host response_3 W5053 Start pool NO host response_4 W5053 Start pool NO host response_5 Page 204 The InteRRliner did not receive an answer Ack Nack from the Host LIMS system after sending an inquiry to the Host The InteRRliner did not receive the patient order information record from the Host LIMS system within a certain time limit The InteRRliner received an incorrect patient order information record from the Host LIMS system The length of the record was incorrect The communication was interrupted while receiving a patient order information record from the Host LIMS system The Int
315. tings See E30 See E30 See E30 Position settings in Eeprom do e Configuration file maybe corrupted Configuration file maybe corrupted Page 237 Appendix for InteRRliner V8 E104 Needle unit not in up position E116 118 E135 Elevator unit not functioning E136 Indexer unit not functioning Page 238 Could not start the position motor because the outer needle or sample probe is not its home position top Quality Control Errors Elevator unit did not respond to main unit Compact keyboard during start up Indexer unit did not respond to main unit Compact keyboard during start up mechatronics Check outer needle home sensor Check sample probe home sensor Faulty Outer needle motor Faulty Sample probe motor Check if needles are blocked Faulty motor drivers on the needle board See section Quality control trouble shooting on page 194 No power on the Elevator board 12C cable s not connected Bad DC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Indexer board I2C cable s not connected Bad 12C cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics E150 Read error battery RAM There was a communication real time clock RTC E151 Write error battery RAM real time clock RTC E152 CHECKSUM er
316. tion then press OK InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 71 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN ma mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 Maintenance screen Sample ii i History E Reagents s Maintenance E E Settings Service When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE This screen has 5 sub screens PRIME ON PAGE 73 CLEAN CHECK SENSORS On page 76 DISPLAY ERROR HISTORY On page 81 DISPLAY MAINTENANCE HIST On page 82 MAINTENANCE INFO on page 83 a e SS Page 72 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN KZ mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 5 1 Prime Clean C m Sample fay Regal Usage Maintenance Settings wm Service gl Di When there is a sensor alarm an alarm indicator is shown in the tab MAINTENANCE All maintenance functions for the fluid system are grouped under button PRIME CLEAN on page 73 After each reagent change the fluid system must be primed to fill the relevant tubes with reagent and remove air This is also part of the daily start up Use the applicable button to perform the automatic priming cycle for this reagent 6 5 1 1 Prime Rinse solution e PRIME RINSE SOLUTION After each measurement the pipettes are washed and dried automatically 6 5 1 2 Prime Saline e PRIME SALINE After each aspiration the outer needle sample probe and fill nozzle are washed with saline InteRRliner V8 U
317. tion tubes pre filled with citrate solution e The data can be send to your Lab Information System e The used sedimentation pipettes are automatically washed and dried e Minimum sample volume is 1 4 ml for the InteRRliner V8 e The InteRRliner V8 integrates with the Sysmex HST XN line The InteRRliner can be delivered in several configurations All configurations use the Sysmex sample racks e InteRRliner SA EL I V8 Standalone single system e InteRRliner SA EL III V8 Standalone multiple system more than one analyser is fitted e InteRRliner HST EL I V8 Sysmex HST XN single system the InteRRliner is connected to the Sysmex HST XN line e InteRRliner HST EL II III V8 Sysmex HST XN multiple system more than one analyser is fitted and the InteRRliner is connected to the Sysmex HST XN line The advanced software allows the InteRRliner V8 to communicate with the Sysmex Lab Comm host computer systems InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 13 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Introduction 1 1 PC Operation and User Interface The entire operation of the InteRRliner V8 is driven by a personal computer with Windows operating system The user interface is intuitive and can be activated via the keyboard or the optional touch screen All the data from each sample including the raw measuring data anda pictorial representation of the pipette is stored and may be retrieved later if needed The Main screen
318. tor 3 Sec 220 N A 150 250 N A mA 100 200 se ass ma ma R Ejeciormotor 55ee JL Exit pool Default Client Default Client Default Client Motor speed Speed delay Delay Time out i counts counts 0 01 Sec 0 01 Sec GER r 80 0 1 For InteRRliner with output S Default Client Default Client Exit Pool XO Default Cc Hein speed Speed delay Delay REH Time out Time out current counts counts 0 01 Sec 0 01 Sec 50 150 mA 50 150 mA 50 150 mA Ejector motor 50 0 1 50 150 mA gegevens pool in slider motor gelijkgetrokken staat zo in software afregeldoc en defaultsettings Conveyor belt Page 266 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Conveyer Belt Switch in motor Switch out motor Transport motor Transport Default Time out 20 0 1 ec 20 0 1 ec 25570 1 ec motor bulletin ee 2110601 Note Delay time is not applicable in software lower than V4 xx Client Time out Default Client speed counts Speed counts Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Default delay 0 01 Sec PoP ffm je l e ofe e ee ae Client Delay 0 01 Sec Motor current 100 200 A m 100 200 m A 100 200 100 200 mA Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Elevator Default Pulse i ee Default Motor Elevator count Client pulse count Direction GE Elevator top ds position 74500 Top position
319. tory World 1994 30 minute method e For EDTA mode Whole blood with lt 1 EDTA Allowed blood specimen anticoagulant types e For Citrate mode Whole blood 4 vols with sodium citrate anticoagulant diluent 1 vol 4 vols blood 1 vol sodium citrate diluent 3 2 NaCl Automatic dilution accuracy 3 mm after 1 hour Reported result Reagents Reagents used Reagent barcode label information Blood volume QRR 010931 Diluent QRR 010947 Disinfectant QRR 010933 Saline QRR 010934 Rinse solution De ionized water Code39 Aspirated blood volume per sample 1 4 ml in EDTA mode 1 6 ml in Citrate mode InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Instrument description Rack and tube types mechatronics Rack type Sysmex sample rack low profile Sample tube types Most commonly used brands types Closed tubes with concentric cap only Barcode reader Barcode reader type CCD Reading capabilities Most common barcode labels Codes39 ITF Industrial 2 or 5 CodaBar EAN UPC and CODE128 StaRRsed Compact SSES E Slow blow 110V 5 0 Amp Power consumption Ke EA Maximum 500 VA Heat output Standby 70 Watt Full operation 360 Watt Page 20 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Instrument description StaRRsed Compact environment Less than 65 dBA Sound level Environment tempe
320. tory e 63 6 3 7 History analyse results high dilution ke 64 6 3 8 Hist ry EE 65 6 3 9 History NERT 65 6 3 10 History analyse warning ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenaeeeeeeees 66 6 3 11 History sample analyse option 67 Page 6 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Contents 6 3 12 History sample analyse Option day 67 63 13 OO SIAN Cele EE 68 6 314 SBMS Be CEET 68 6 4 REAQSMIS SGlASM EE 69 6 4 1 Display reagent histo 70 6 4 2 New reagent IEN geeeesst esgerent regessskegereggeeergsskedergai eeetbtt e urssdengeeEEkeg gue 71 6 4 2 1 New reagent input CONT E 71 6 5 Maintenance Screen eege AAA 72 6 5 1 Prime e israse aN EEE E s EA ERER a a SETARE aR 73 6 5 1 1 Prime Rinse solution reueg bred etg Egide 73 65 12 Gin 73 6H Prime DICH EE 74 6 5 1 4 Prime de ionized KI TEEN 74 6 5 1 5 Prime sipteeranmt eege EE de SEN EEEEEEE ceawseccecawsesees 74 6 5 1 6 Prime all EE 74 6 5 1 7 Wash each pipette sciccsscicsectieccnetesenevessiennenetateseistencmetintenieiseuninneccnnaied 74 6 5 1 8 Wash only sample pipettes EEN 74 6 5 1 9 Ehe 74 6 5 1 10 Fill and clean SCreGM xs sisssiriaiessimviuisisevarass maauesbsnsasasainuauessinsasatemuarasnenes 75 6 5 1 11 End of day wash pDrorcedure ENNEN 75 6 5 2 Check Sensors drisi a A E a A E Aa 76 6 5 2 1 Check sensors in service mode ENEE 78 6 5 2 2 EE 79 6 5 2 3 Temperature SenSor sesessoeeerr
321. tween the Compact and via the Conveyer belt to the Start Pool Restart the Compact and InteRRliner by switching OFF and ON again IIC communication error between Compact keyboard and Indexer board IIC communication error between Compact keyboard and Elevator board IIC communication error between Compact keyboard and Elevator Indexer or Needle board IIC communication error between Compact keyboard and Diluter or Needle board 12C communication error between Compact keyboard and Drive board InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN There was a communication error between the Indexer board and the main processor during an IIC operation There was a communication error between the Elevator board and the main processor during an IIC operation There was a communication error between the Elevator Indexer or Needle board and the main processor during an IIC operation There was a communication error between the Diluter or Needle board and the main processor during an IIC operation There was a communication error between the Drive board and the main processor during an IIC operation No power on the Indexer board IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on the Elevator board IIC cable s not connected Bad IIC cable s Note the boards in the Compact are connected in series No power on o
322. type a new number in the input window and test the new position again by pressing the associated key for that position Press SAVE SETTINGS to store the new values to disk and to flash Eprom when everything is correct Page 260 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Configuration barcode readers The Barcode interface can handle two types of barcode readers e The Opticon 6 mil resolution e The Keyence 4 mil resolution If you are using labels with a higher density contact your local distributor or agent The Barcode reader may be set to accept check digits however this needs to be programmed by the distributor Coda bar Code 39 Code128 UPC EAN and ITF 2 or 5 barcode types can be read with those barcode reader types To set up the barcode readers to client specifications use the set up tools for the barcode readers Detailed information can be found in Keyence Configuration manual MRN 011 or in Opticon Configuration manual MRN 015 InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 261 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Appendix for InteRRliner V8 Appendix Barcode labels Example of barcode labels ID AA industrial 20f5 without CD j vai iii 56789 Interleaved 2of5 with CD with bearer bars Tel epen 57748174857483 UUAA O oe 1010123456789 IN 01234
323. uld reply by sending a Non Acknowledge char 15 if the string is found faulty Checksum ON OFF always ON After sending the request string the InteRRliner V8 expects a ACK NACK see Opus protocol request string from the Host computer e If the InteRRliner V8 receives an ACK it will wait for the conformation string and respond with a ACK NACK according to the protocol definition e When the conformation string is received it will Respond with an ACK if the conformation string is OK and goes to the next sample Or e When the string is not OK it is responding with an NACK and the Host computer must send the conformation string again After 3 attempts the Host computer must stop sending the conformation string and the InteRRliner V8 won t do an ESR on this sample and goes to the next sample The Host computer needs to be ready for the request string of the next sample Page 306 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Appendix for InteRRliner V8 e If the InteRRliner V8 does not receive the conformation string within 10 seconds it will send the request string again After 3 attempts it won t do an ESR on this sample and goes to the next sample e If the InteRRliner V8 receives a NACK it will send the request string again After 3 attempts it will stop communication and generate an error e If the InteRRliner V8 does not get any response timeout 10 sec it will send the request string again Aft
324. um line between the fill nozzle cap and separator Actuator control 1 RINSEACTUATOR Rinse solenoid active rinse valve block down 2 FILL ACTUATOR Fill solenoid active fill valve block down Page 112 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Re mechatronics a InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 5 Display maintenance history amp Sample iif History fEl Reagents aa Maintenance Settings m Service E 05 05 2008 08 45 11 Measure sensor checked This list contain a log of all the maintenance what is done which can be useful for the field engineer to check the problems with the instrument in the past The key CLEAR will delete all errors from the list InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 113 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 6 Display error history A list of the error detection during operation This list contain error numbers what can be useful for the field engineer to check the problems with the instrument in the past The key CLEAR will delete all errors from the list Page 114 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics ee InteRRliner V8 program 6 7 7 Advanced This screen is used for input direct commands into the software to control all kinds of hardware and software settings This is only used by Mechatronics engineers and is not available for third parties InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 115 Version 1 38 MRN
325. um tube up 9 Insert the liquid separator sliding it over the support shelf 10 Push the liquid separator towards the rear with the sensor connectors in the holes 11 Release the stainless steel vacuum tube 12 Replace the waste container 13 Close left cover Page 374 R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN Ri mechatronics Work instruction InteRRliner V8 Exchange Waste Cassette and blotting washer 1 Disconnect the two tubes from the waste pump cassette 2 Press levers at three o clock and nine o clock positions and pull at the same time 3 Clean peristaltic pump motor shaft using a tissue soaked in alcohol 4 Remove the old blotting washer ESRI090026 around the motor shaft 5 Place the new blotting washer ESRI090026 6 Insert new waste pump cassette ESRI090921 until it clicks into place 7 Remove the protection caps on from the tubes 8 Connect the two tubes to new waste pump cassette 7 Exchange Pinch valve tube Replace the pinch valve tube ESRI010246 1 Open the left cover 2 Pull the tube out the pinch valve 3 Disconnect the silicon tube from the bottom connector and the top connector 4 Remove the tube 5 Connect the silicon tube to the bottom connector and the top connector 6 Push the tube in the pinch valve 7 Close the left cover 8 Final preparation InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 375 Version 1 38 MRN 121 E
326. unit in out and Tube unit front back not on position during initialisation of the elevator E201 Outer needle not in up position during initialisation of the elevator E210 Bad communication between Compact and Input pool E211 Unknown command from Input poo Page 244 The Sample arm unit could not move to a new position because the elevator platform was not in its back position The Sample arm unit could not move to a new position because the elevator was not in its up position The platform slider unit could not move to a new position because the sample arm was not in its out position rack position The initialisation routine of the elevator was cancelled because the Sample arm unit was not in its out position rack position and the Platform slider unit was not in its front position The positions of both units are unknown The initialisation routine of the elevator was cancelled because the outer needle sample tube holder was not in its up position Bad communication between Compact and Input pool or the communication between the Compact and the Input pool was interrupted The communication was OK but an unknown command was received from the Input pool mechatronics Check platform slider motor Check back sensor of the platform slider unit Check lift motor see also rack transport error 63 Check rotation motor Check out sensor of Sample arm
327. ved by the user when all the mentioned solutions does not help to solve the problem technical assistance is needed Display shows Diluter failure May be caused by Mechanical obstruction Diluter power cable loose A defective diluter motor Top or bottom position sensor failure Broken flexible print cable or connector Motor tacho failure oe Za For Diluter failure technical assistance is needed Page 178 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics Trouble shooting 15 4 Vacuum The Compact uses vacuum for both aspirating and the wash rinse system If trouble occurs it is most likely because of poor or no vacuum Check the airflow go to MAINTENANCE tab CHECK SENSORS and select CHECK FLOW SENSOR Note In Sample mode the indicators are shown green the vacuum is ok In Service mode the indicators are showing numbers The following values are shown on the screen Flow 0925 0980 1020 Abs 0300 380 0390 Offset 0045 0050 0055 If for example the yellow orifice is blocked the flow will be 0050 offset value Low value for the airflow may be caused by a dirty or blocked blue disc filter or orifices especially the yellow one Start the pipette wash sequence via MAINTENANCE tab PRIME CLEAN WASH ALL PIPETTES and observe the drying process pipettes must be free of water spots 15 4 1 Vacuum stabilisation problems The Compact checks the vacuum built up in a pipette just before
328. very result is printed on one new page 10 CHECK FOR DUPLICATE ID S e CHECK FOR DUPLICATE ID s ON It is not possible to run the same sample ID as long as this ID is in the pipette carousel data buffer e CHECK FOR DUPLICATE ID s OFF It is possible to run the same sample ID even when it is still stored in the carousel data buffer The following numerical inputs can be made 1 TEMPERATURE IN CELSIUS for the correct room temperature 2 ESR SEDIMENTATION TIME IN MINUTES for the correct time 30 or 60 minutes This time is reset to default when Service mode is switched OFF 3 SAMPLE PROBE DEPTH in millimeters 4 PIPETTE WASH TIME SEC in seconds Default value 7 This setting is reset to default when Service mode is switched OFF 5 PIPETTE DRY TIME SEC in seconds Default value 5 This setting is reset to default when Service mode is switched OFF The selection box for the language is marked with a symbol depicting a globe Select the language for the software and the Instructions For Use by clicking on the appropriate language name Note To switch to the selected language the first time close and restart the software Page 88 InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 6 1 Carousel control Sample m Service c Reagents Se Maintenance Settings o History CAROUSEL POSITION This display presents the position of the
329. vice B x h Pumps Neede Norse Valves amp Actuators This function is only operational if the rack is in a fill position OUTER NEEDLE UP The Outer needle is send to the up home position OUTER NEEDLE DOWN The Outer needle is send to the down position SAMPLE PROBE UP The Sample probe is send to the up home position SAMPLE PROBE DOWN The Sample probe is send to the down position FILL NOZZLE UP The Fill nozzle is send to the pipette position FILL NOZZLE DOWN The Fill nozzle is send to the fill nozzle home position RINSE NOZZLE UP The Rinse nozzle is send up to the pipette NOOR WN gt InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 111 Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN R mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 8 RINSE NOZZLE DOWN The Rinse nozzle is send to the rinse nozzle home position Led status display e Led status check for the fill and rinse nozzle is displayed 6 7 4 3 Valve control C Sample P History i Reagents Maintenance 1 VALVE OUTER NEEDLE Energizing the outer needle solenoid valve 2 SAMPLE CONTROL SOLENOID Sample control solenoid fill sequence energized The function of this solenoid is to build up a vacuum in the Westergren pipette before the aspiration starts 3 VALVE WASH SECTION Pipette wash vacuum control valve controls the main vacuum line between the wash station and separator 4 VALVE FILL SECTION Vacuum control fill nozzle sample probe controls the main vacu
330. wing System messages may occur 1 Waiting tube e lf a filled pipette is at the measuring position before the elapsed time has finished and the operator is ready to fill the next pipette the Waiting tube message will be displayed e Tocontinue the sample loading sequence the operator must wait until the pipette at the measuring position has been measured 2 Printer failure e Check paper feed and quantity e Check printer cable connection e Printer must be on line e Check power is ON Reagents level empty message e All reagent bottles have level detectors the display shows an error that indicates which reagent bottle s is are empty Ge e The expiry date of the reagent is exceeded or the container is opened longer than three months e Prepare new reagent as described in section Reagents installation 4 Waste bottle full message or No waste bottle message e The waste container also has a level detector If a waste error is shown on the display the InteRRliner V8 will stop filling and cleaning pipettes until a new or empty container has been installed e Empty the waste container and press Clear error 5 Fatal separator error e The Separator container has a level detector If the Fatal Separator error message is indicated on the display the Compact will stop the rinse cycle until the separator is empty e The cause of this problem can be foam or the waste pump is not working The Compact will continue to m
331. y borders found InteRRliner V8 User manual Version 1 38 MRN 121 EN RR mechatronics InteRRliner V8 program 6 3 3 Display rack history __ Sample li Uz ki Reagents K Maintenance Settings Service I Sample 10 TEST 00172 1612714243 4293810 4293802 4293810 4293825 4293810 4293797 4293802 4293825 0000213 Display rack status Last rack 1 Last rack 2 Last rack 3 After completion of the rack the status of the rack is displayed here The last 10 racks are stored and can be selected The selected rack is displayed left above the selection window The previous 4 racks are also displayed and can be checked simultaneously More detailed information of the selected rack is shown with DISPLAY RACK DETAILS on page 52 ON The combinations of the pictograms have the following meaning DI mn aa Barcode could not be read read failure 0000000944 wu cK JO sane was read correctly but ESR is not required for this 0000000941 Wu oeh ESR is required and waiting to be done moment ini HN I ESR was measured successfully mme mt ail Hell ESR was measured but with fil errors The Clear rack history button will clear the contents of the rack history file and restart to build up a new rack history file If option Read rack number is ON Service General Barcode the rack number is shown under date time InteRRliner V8 User manual Page 51 Version 1 38 MRN
332. y rinsed after cleaning 15 15 Reagents alarm The software checks the bottle status before starting a new rack If a level alarm is ON it will not process the new rack If an alarm comes ON during a rack it will finish to aspirate that rack 10 samples max Washing dirty pipettes always continues as to avoid that the samples are left in the pipettes Reagents alarm is also set when the expire date of the reagent is exceeded or opened more than three months The message Not allowed now See REAGENTS appears Processing of new samples is stopped 15 16 Fill nozzle Normally the fill sequence takes about 3 seconds However if the fill sequence exceeds 10 seconds a fill time out error will be generated The Compact aborts the fill sequence and this error message will be shown on the display and reported to the printer Check for mechanical obstructions and remove them If the error returns call for service 15 16 1 Fill nozzle does not engage with pipette 1 Motor time out generated fill nozzle stops half way up 2 Check for mechanical obstruction 3 Motor failure Fatal error call distributor 15 16 2 Fill nozzle not at fill position E8 is the error code and in the status line the text Fill nozzle not in the fill position The fill nozzle did not reach the fill position in a certain time limit Possible reason e Fill nozzle motor is faulty e Fill nozzle motor driver is faulty e Fill nozzle is blocked e Fatal err

InteRRliner V8 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents